Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

strong+king

  • 1 Filipe I, king

    (1527-1598)
       Known to history usually as Phillip II of Spain, this Spanish monarch was the first king of the Phillipine dynasty in Portugal, or Filipe I. He ruled Portugal and its empire from 1580 to 1598. The son of Carlos V (Charles V) of Spain and the Hapsburg empire and of Queen Isabel of Portugal, Filipe had a strong claim on the throne of Portugal. On the death of Portugal's King Sebastião in battle in Morocco in 1578, Filipe presented his claim and candidacy for the Portuguese throne. In the Cortes of Almeirim (1579), Filipe was officially recognized as king of Portugal by that assembly, which was dominated by the clerical and noble estates. This act, however, did not take into account the feeling of the Portuguese people. A portion of the people supported a Portuguese claimant, the Prior of Crato, and they began to organize armed resistance to the Spanish intrusion. In 1580, Filipe sent a Spanish army across the Portuguese frontier under the Duke of Alba. Both on land and at sea, Spanish forces defeated the Portuguese. At the Cortes of Tomar (1581), Filipe was proclaimed king of Portugal. Before returning to Spain in 1583, Filipe resided in Portugal.
       There were grave consequences for Portugal and its scattered imperial holdings following the Spanish overthrow of Portugal's hard-won independence. Just how bitter these consequences were is reflected in how Portuguese history and literature traditionally term the Spanish takeover as "The Babylonian Captivity." Portugal suffered from the growing decline, decadence, and weaknesses of its Spanish master. Beginning with the destruction of the Spanish Armada (1588), which used Lisbon as its supply and staging point, Spanish rule over Portugal was disastrous. Not only did Spain's inveterate enemies—especially England, France, and Holland—attack continental Portugal as if it were Spain, they also attacked and conquered portions of Portugal's vulnerable, far-flung empire.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Filipe I, king

  • 2 Sebastião I, king

    (1554-1578)
       The king of Portugal whose disappearance and death in battle in Morocco in 1578 led to a succession crisis and to Spain's annexation of Portugal in 1580. He is the person after whom the cult and mythology of Sebastianism is named. Sebastião succeeded to the throne of Portugal at the tender age of three, upon the death of his father King João III in 1557. With his great-uncle Cardinal Henrique, he was the only other surviving legitimate male member of the Aviz dynasty. The Spanish menace loomed on Portugal's eastern horizons, as Phillip II of Spain gathered more reasons to make good his own strong claims to the Portuguese throne. A headstrong youth, Sebastião dreamed of glory in battle against the Muslims and was certainly influenced by the example of the feats of Phillip II's half-brother Don Juan of Austria and the naval victory against the Turks at Lepanto in 1571.
       Sebastião's great project was a victory in Africa, and he ordered a major effort to raise a fleet and army to attack Morocco. His forces landed at Tangier and Arzila and marched to meet the Muslim armies. In early August 1578, at the battle of Alcácer- Quivir, Portugal's army was destroyed by Muslim forces, and the king himself was lost. Although he was undoubtedly killed, his body was never found. The result of this foolhardy enterprise changed the course of Portugal's history and gave rise to the cult and myth that Sebastião survived and would return one foggy morning to make Portugal great once again.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Sebastião I, king

  • 3 могущественный король

    General subject: strong king

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > могущественный король

  • 4 сильный монарх

    General subject: strong king

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > сильный монарх

  • 5 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 6 fort

    fort, e [fɔʀ, fɔʀt]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. strong
    c'est une forte tête he (or she) is a rebel
    fort de son expérience, il... wiser for this experience, he...
       b. ( = gros) [personne, poitrine] large ; [hanches] broad
       c. ( = intense) [bruit, voix] loud ; [dégoût, crainte] great ; [douleur, chaleur] intense ; [fièvre] high
       d. ( = raide) [pente] steep
       e. ( = violent) [secousse, coup] hard ; [houle, pluies] heavy
       f. ( = excessif) (inf) c'est trop fort ! that's going too far!
    et le plus fort, c'est que... and the best part of it is that...
       g. ( = important) (avant le nom) [somme, dose] large ; [baisse, différence, augmentation] big ; [consommation] high
       h. ( = doué) good (en at)
    2. <
       a. ( = intensément) [lancer, serrer, souffler, frapper] hard
    tu as fait fort ! (inf) that was a bit much! (inf)
       b. ( = bruyamment) loudly
       c. ( = beaucoup) greatly
       d. ( = très) (formal) very
    fort bien [dessiné, dit, conservé] extremely well
    fort bien ! excellent!
    3. <
       a. ( = forteresse) fort
       c. ( = spécialité) forte
       d. ► au plus fort de... at the height of...
    * * *

    1.
    forte fɔʀ, fɔʀt adjectif
    1) ( puissant) strong

    armée forte de 10000 hommes — 10,000-strong army

    forts de leur expérience... — boosted by their experience...

    2) ( résistant) strong
    3) ( intense) [bruit] loud; [lumière] bright; [chaleur, activité, pression] intense; [crampe] bad; [fièvre] high; [soupçon] strong; [crainte, colère] deep
    4) ( violent) [coup] hard; [pluie] heavy; [vent] strong
    5) ( concentré) [café, cigarette, alcool] strong; [épice] hot
    6) ( net) [accent, personnalité, odeur, tendance, impression] strong; [pente] steep; [somme, majorité, réduction] large; [taux, inflation, consommation] high; [expansion, pénurie] great; [baisse, augmentation] sharp; [différence] big; [contingent, dose, croissance] strong
    7) ( doué) good (en, à at; pour faire at doing)

    il est fort pour ne rien fairehum he's good at doing nothing

    8) ( ferme) [personne] strong
    9) ( gros) [personne] stout; [hanches] broad; [poitrine] large; [cuisses] big
    10) (colloq) ( exagéré)

    le plus fort, c'est que... — ( surprenant) the most amazing thing is that...; ( absurde) the most ridiculous thing is that...


    2.
    1) ( très) [bon, déçu, émouvant] extremely; [bien, vite] very
    2) ( beaucoup) [douter] very much

    j'ai eu fort à faire (colloq) pour le convaincre — I had a hard job convincing him

    3) ( avec force) [frapper, tirer, frotter] hard; [serrer] tight; [respirer] deeply; [parler, crier] loudly; [sentir] strongly

    y aller un peu fort — (colloq) to go a bit too far

    4) ( bien) well

    faire or frapper (très) fort — (colloq) to do (really) well

    attaquer très fort — (colloq) to start off really well


    3.
    nom masculin
    2) ( personne puissante) strong person
    3) ( domaine d'excellence) strong point, forte

    4.
    au plus fort de locution prépositive
    Phrasal Verbs:
    ••

    fort comme un bœuf or Turc — strong as an ox

    c'est plus fort que moi/qu'elle — ( incontrôlable) I/she just can't help it

    c'est plus fort que l'as de pique (colloq) or que de jouer au bouchon — (colloq) that beats it all, that takes the biscuit (colloq)

    * * *
    fɔʀ, fɔʀt fort, -e
    1. adj
    1) (physiquement, politiquement, économiquement) strong
    2) (par le goût, l'effet, la sensation) (café, médicament, odeur) strong, (sauce) hot, (alcool) strong

    Le café est trop fort. — The coffee's too strong.

    3) (rendement) high, (intensité) great, (pluie) heavy
    4) (= corpulent) large
    5) (= doué)

    Il est très fort en espagnol. — He's very good at Spanish.

    fort de; fort de son expérience — with a wealth of experience

    à plus forte raison — even more so, all the more reason

    2. adv
    1) [serrer, frapper] hard
    2) [sonner] loudly
    3) soutenu (= très) most

    C'est fort désagréable. — It's most unpleasant.

    fort bien... (avec adjectif) — very well...

    fort peu loquace — not at all talkative, (emploi pronominal) very few

    4) (= beaucoup) greatly, very much

    Il appréciait fort sa compagnie. — He very much enjoyed his company.

    3. nm
    1) (= édifice) fort
    2) (= point fort) strong point, forte
    3) (emploi substantivé, généralement pluriel) (personne, pays)

    au plus fort de (= au milieu de) — in the thick of, at the height of

    * * *
    A adj
    1 ( puissant) [personne, pays, monnaie, économie, lunettes, médicament] strong; armée forte de 10 000 hommes 10,000-strong army; notre compagnie est forte de 30 appareils Aviat our airline can boast 30 aircraft; fort d'un chiffre d'affaires en hausse/de trois joueurs internationaux… boasting an increased turnover/three international players…; forts de leur approbation/expérience… boosted ou fortified by their approval/experience…; le roi est plus fort que la dame Jeux a king is worth more than a queen; trouver plus fort que soi to meet one's match; s'attaquer or s'en prendre à plus fort que soi to take on someone bigger than oneself; ⇒ partie;
    2 ( résistant) [carton, papier, colle] strong;
    3 ( intense) [bruit] loud; [lumière] bright; [chaleur, activité, pression] intense; [crampe, douleur] bad; [fièvre] high; [sentiment, soupçon] strong; [crainte, colère, mécontentement] deep; une forte grippe a bad attack of flu; avoir une forte envie de faire to feel a strong desire to do;
    4 ( violent) [coup, poussée, secousse] hard; [pluie] heavy; [vent] strong;
    5 ( concentré) [café, cigarette, alcool, moutarde] strong; [épice, piment, curry] hot; un vin fort a strong wine, a wine with a high degree of alcohol; au sens fort du mot fig in the fullest sense of the word;
    6 ( accusé) [accent, personnalité, odeur, tendance, impression] strong; [pente] steep;
    7 ( ample) [somme, majorité, réduction] large; [concentration, taux, inflation] high; [demande, consommation] high, heavy; [expansion, pénurie] great; [baisse, augmentation] sharp; [croissance] strong; [différence] big; [délégation, contingent, dose] strong; forte émigration/abstention high level of emigration/abstention; de forte puissance very powerful;
    8 ( doué) good (en, à at; pour faire at doing); ceux qui sont forts en latin those who are good at Latin; il est fort pour ne rien faire iron he's good at doing nothing;
    9 ( ferme) [personne] strong; rester fort dans le malheur to remain strong in adversity; je me fais fort de la convaincre I feel confident ou I am sure that I can convince her;
    10 ( gros) [personne] stout; [hanches] broad; [poitrine] large; [cuisses] big; être forte de poitrine to have a large bust;
    11 ( exagéré) c'est un peu fort! that's a bit much!; ( prix) that's a bit steep!; le plus fort, c'est que… ( surprenant) the most amazing thing is that…; ( absurde) the most ridiculous thing is that…
    B adv
    1 ( très) [bon, déçu, émouvant, mécontent] extremely; [bien, logiquement, vite] very; fort recherché/demandé very much sought after/in demand; c'est fort dommage it's a great pity, it's extremely regrettable;
    2 ( beaucoup) [douter, soupçonner] very much; avoir fort à faire to have a lot to do; j'ai eu fort à faire pour le convaincre I had a hard job convincing him;
    3 ( avec force) [frapper, tirer, pousser, frotter] hard; [serrer] tight; [respirer] deeply; [parler, crier] loudly; [sentir] strongly; [coller] firmly; souffle fort! blow hard!; le vent souffle fort there's a strong wind; parler de plus en plus fort to speak louder and louder; mon cœur bat trop fort my heart is beating too fast; le chauffage marche trop fort the heating is turned up too high; dire haut et fort to say loud and clear; y aller un peu fort to go a bit too far; y aller un peu fort sur la moutarde/le sel to overdo the mustard/the salt; revenir très fort [coureur, équipe] to make a strong comeback;
    4 ( bien) well; il ne va pas très fort he's not very well; (moi) ça ne va pas très fort I'm not all that well; chez eux ça ne va pas très fort things aren't going so well for them; marcher fort [entreprise] to do well; faire or frapper (très) fort to do (really) well; attaquer or commencer très fort to start off really well.
    C nm
    2 ( personne puissante) strong person; les forts et les faibles the strong and the weak; ⇒ raison;
    3 ( domaine d'excellence) strong point; les échecs ne sont pas mon fort chess is not my strong point; la générosité n'est pas ton fort generosity is not your strong point.
    D au plus fort de loc prép au plus fort de l'été/de l'incendie at the height of summer/of the fire; au plus fort de l'hiver in the depths of winter; au plus fort de la bataille in the thick of the fighting; au plus fort de la pluie in the middle of the downpour.
    fort des halles market porter; fig Goliath; fort en thème Scol swot GB, grind US; forte tête rebel.
    fort comme un bœuf or Turc strong as an ox; c'est plus fort que moi/qu'elle ( incontrôlable) I/she just can't help it; c'est plus fort que l'as de pique or que de jouer au bouchon that beats it all, that takes the biscuit.
    ( féminin forte) [fɔr, fɔrt] adjectif
    A.[QUI A DE LA PUISSANCE, DE L'EFFET]
    1. [vigoureux - personne, bras] strong, sturdy ; [ - vent] strong, high ; [ - courant, jet] strong ; [ - secousse] hard ; [ - pluies] heavy
    2. [d'une grande résistance morale]
    rester fort dans l'adversité to remain strong ou to stand firm in the face of adversity
    3. [autoritaire, contraignant - régime] strong-arm (avant nom)
    4. [puissant - syndicat, parti, économie] strong, powerful ; [ - monnaie] strong, hard ; [ - carton, loupe, tranquillisant] strong
    colle (très) forte (super) ou extra strong glue
    5. [de grand impact - œuvre, film] powerful ; [ - argument] weighty, powerful, forcible
    B.[MARQUÉ]
    1. [épais, corpulent - jambes] big, thick ; [ - personne] stout, large ; [ - hanches] broad, large, wide
    2. [important quantitativement - dénivellation] steep, pronounced ; [ - accent] strong, pronounced, marked ; [ - fièvre, taux] high ; [ - hausse] large ; [ - somme] large, big ; [ - concentration] high ; [ - bruit] loud ; [ - différence] great, big
    3. [grand, intense - amour, haine] strong, intense ; [ - douleur] intense, great ; [ - influence] strong, big, great ; [ - propension] marked
    avoir une forte volonté to be strong-willed, to have a strong will
    4. [café, thé, moutarde, tabac] strong
    [sauce] hot, spicy
    [odeur] strong
    5. (familier & locution)
    le plus fort, c'est qu'il avait raison! the best of it is that he was right!
    C.[HABILE] [compétent, doué]
    le marketing, c'est là qu'il est fort/que sa société est forte marketing is his/his company's strong point
    pour donner des leçons, elle est très forte! she's very good at lecturing people!
    fort en gymnastique/en langues very good at gymnastics/at languages
    ————————
    adverbe
    1. [avec vigueur - taper, tirer] hard
    [avec intensité]
    mets le gaz plus/moins fort turn the gas up/down
    2. [bruyamment - parler] loudly, loud
    parle plus fort, on ne t'entend pas speak up, we can't hear you
    mets le son plus/moins fort turn the sound up/down
    3. (soutenu) [très]
    fort bien, partons à midi! very well, let's leave at noon!
    là, tu as fait très fort! you've really excelled yourself!
    ————————
    nom masculin
    1. [physiquement, moralement]
    [intellectuellement]
    2. [spécialité] forte
    3. [forteresse] fort
    ————————
    au (plus) fort de locution prépositionnelle

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fort

  • 7 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 8 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    - a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 9 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 10 moneda

    f.
    1 coin (pieza).
    una moneda de diez pesos a ten peso coin
    moneda falsa counterfeit coin
    2 currency (finance) (divisa).
    moneda de curso legal legal tender
    moneda débil weak currency
    moneda extranjera foreign currency
    moneda fuerte strong currency
    moneda única single currency
    * * *
    1 (pieza) coin
    2 (divisa) currency
    \
    pagar a alguien con la misma moneda to pay somebody back in kind
    ser moneda corriente figurado to be commonplace
    moneda corriente legal tender
    moneda divisionaria/fraccionaria small change
    moneda falsa counterfeit money
    moneda fuerte strong currency
    moneda suelta small change
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) coin
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=pieza) coin

    moneda menuda, moneda suelta — small change

    2) [de un país] currency

    el precio es 1.000 pesos, moneda nacional — LAm the price is 1,000 pesos

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( pieza) coin
    b) ( de país) currency

    pagar con la misma monedato pay somebody back in kind

    2) la Moneda ( en Chi) Presidential Palace
    * * *
    = coin, currency [currencies, -pl.].
    Ex. It describes the annual hobby exchanges week for 6th grade pupils at King's Cristian School library, when pupils swap collectable items eg baseball cards, stamps, coins and shells.
    Ex. Although DOBIS/LIBIS must keep its accounts in a single currency, prices for documents may be entered in foreign currencies.
    ----
    * cambio de moneda = exchange rate, foreign exchange, currency exchange rate, market rate of exchange, foreign exchange rate, currency rate, rate of exchange, currency exchange.
    * casa de la moneda = mint.
    * coleccionista de monedas = coin collector.
    * fabricación de monedas = coinage, minting.
    * fracción de moneda = penny, coin denomination.
    * máquina que funciona con monedas = coin-operated machine.
    * moneda de cambio = bargaining chip.
    * moneda de curso legal = legal tender.
    * moneda de diez centavos = dime.
    * moneda electrónica = electric money.
    * moneda extranjera = foreign currency.
    * moneda nacional = local currency.
    * monedas = coinage.
    * moneda única = single currency.
    * papel moneda = banknote, paper money.
    * que funciona con monedas = coin-operated, coin-op.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( pieza) coin
    b) ( de país) currency

    pagar con la misma monedato pay somebody back in kind

    2) la Moneda ( en Chi) Presidential Palace
    * * *
    = coin, currency [currencies, -pl.].

    Ex: It describes the annual hobby exchanges week for 6th grade pupils at King's Cristian School library, when pupils swap collectable items eg baseball cards, stamps, coins and shells.

    Ex: Although DOBIS/LIBIS must keep its accounts in a single currency, prices for documents may be entered in foreign currencies.
    * cambio de moneda = exchange rate, foreign exchange, currency exchange rate, market rate of exchange, foreign exchange rate, currency rate, rate of exchange, currency exchange.
    * casa de la moneda = mint.
    * coleccionista de monedas = coin collector.
    * fabricación de monedas = coinage, minting.
    * fracción de moneda = penny, coin denomination.
    * máquina que funciona con monedas = coin-operated machine.
    * moneda de cambio = bargaining chip.
    * moneda de curso legal = legal tender.
    * moneda de diez centavos = dime.
    * moneda electrónica = electric money.
    * moneda extranjera = foreign currency.
    * moneda nacional = local currency.
    * monedas = coinage.
    * moneda única = single currency.
    * papel moneda = banknote, paper money.
    * que funciona con monedas = coin-operated, coin-op.

    * * *
    (Palacio de) la Moneda (↑ moneda a1)
    A
    1 (pieza) coin
    una moneda de dos euros a two-euro coin
    colecciona monedas antiguas she collects old coins
    una moneda conmemorativa a commemorative coin
    2 (de un país) currency
    una moneda estable a stable currency
    acuñar moneda to mint money
    pagar con la misma moneda to pay sb back in kind
    Compuestos:
    soft currency
    (de un país) currency; (cantidad de moneda) currency in circulation
    convertible currency
    currency
    el dólar es moneda corriente allí the currency there is the dollar
    ser moneda corriente to be an everyday occurrence
    soft currency
    legal tender
    reserve currency
    ( Fin) fractional currency; (dinero suelto) correct o exact change
    legal tender
    single currency
    single European currency
    B
    la Moneda (en Chi) Presidential Palace
    * * *

     

    moneda sustantivo femenino
    1
    a) ( pieza) coin;

    una moneda de cinco pesos a five-peso coin o piece



    2

    moneda sustantivo femenino
    1 coin
    2 (de un país) currency
    ♦ Locuciones: pagar con la misma moneda, to give sb a dose of their own medicine
    papel moneda, bank notes
    ' moneda' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acuñar
    - cambiar
    - cambio
    - cara
    - circular
    - cobre
    - convertible
    - corona
    - cotización
    - cruz
    - curso
    - ducado
    - dura
    - duro
    - emisión
    - emitir
    - franca
    - franco
    - introducir
    - marco
    - me
    - papel
    - queztal
    - recuerdo
    - reverso
    - suelta
    - suelto
    - tálero
    - vellón
    - águila
    - borde
    - débil
    - devaluar
    - echar
    - florín
    - lado
    - leyenda
    - quinto
    - revalorizar
    - rodar
    - sello
    - sol
    - tostón
    - único
    - volado
    English:
    back
    - bit
    - coin
    - counterfeit
    - currency
    - dime
    - edge
    - euro
    - face
    - flip side
    - head
    - hold out
    - kind
    - legal tender
    - mint
    - money
    - nickel
    - paper money
    - piece
    - poof
    - pound
    - quarter
    - reverse
    - side
    - single currency
    - strength
    - strike
    - strong
    - tender
    - toss
    - twopence
    - yen
    - flip
    - legal
    - penny
    - slip
    * * *
    moneda nf
    1. [pieza] coin;
    una moneda de diez pesos a ten peso coin;
    pagar a alguien con o [m5] en la misma moneda to pay sb back in kind;
    RP
    y monedas: costó 400 y monedas it cost just over 400
    moneda falsa counterfeit coin;
    moneda fraccionaria fractional money
    2. [divisa] currency
    moneda convertible convertible currency;
    moneda corriente legal tender;
    ser moneda corriente to be commonplace;
    moneda de curso legal legal tender;
    moneda débil weak currency;
    moneda extranjera foreign currency;
    moneda fiduciaria fiat money;
    moneda fraccionaria fractional money;
    moneda fuerte strong currency;
    moneda nacional national o local currency;
    UE moneda única single currency
    3.
    La Moneda [en Chile] = Chile's presidential palace
    LA MONEDA
    The “Palacio de la Moneda”, also known simply as La Moneda, is the name of the Chilean Presidential Palace and the seat of the government in the capital, Santiago. Originally built under Spanish colonial rule as the Royal Mint (1805), it became the presidential palace in 1846. It was severely damaged on September 11 1973, when president Salvador Allende attempted to resist the military coup led by General Augusto Pinochet, though the palace was eventually rebuilt, and has now been opened to the public.
    * * *
    f
    1 coin;
    ser moneda corriente fig be an everyday occurrence;
    en la misma moneda fig pay s.o. back in their own coin
    2 ( divisa) currency
    * * *
    moneda nf
    1) : coin
    2) : money, currency
    * * *
    1. (pieza) coin
    2. (unidad) currency

    Spanish-English dictionary > moneda

  • 11 Chronology

      15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.
      400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.
      202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.
      137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.
      410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.
      714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.
      1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.
      1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.
      1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.
      1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.
      1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).
      1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.
      1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.
      1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.
      1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.
      1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.
      1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.
      1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.
      1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.
      1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.
      1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.
      1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.
      1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.
      1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.
      1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.
      1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.
      1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.
      1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).
      1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.
      1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.
      1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.
      1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.
       King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.
       King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.
      1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.
      1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.
      1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.
       Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.
       Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.
       Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.
      1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.
      1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.
      1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.
      1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.
      1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.
      1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.
      1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.
      1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.
      1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.
      1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.
      1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.
      1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.
      1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.
      1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.
      1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.
      1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.
      1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.
      1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.
      1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.
      1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.
      1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.
      1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.
      1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.
      1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.
      1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.
       Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.
       King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.
      1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of
       Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.
       Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.
       King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.
      1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.
      1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.
      1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.
      1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.
      1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.
      1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.
       January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.
       Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.
      1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.
      1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.
      1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.
      1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.
      1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.
       May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.
       March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.
       Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.
      1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.
      1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January
      1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.
      1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."
       28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.
       February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.
       April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.
      1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.
      1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."
      1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.
       6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.
       8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.
      1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.
      1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.
      1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
       January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.
      1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.
      1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.
      1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.
       March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.
       March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.
      1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July
      1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.
      1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).
      1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.
      1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.
       January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.
       January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.
       November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.
       October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.
       January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.
       May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.
       October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.
       January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).
       United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.
       January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.
       1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).
       May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.
       June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.
       February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.
       January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.
       July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.
      2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology

  • 12 un2

    = a (an).
    Ex. A good example is the British Catalogue of Music Classification.
    ----
    * a uno u otro lado de = on either side of.
    * a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.
    * cada uno = apiece, each.
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.
    * cercano uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * cerca uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * dedicar unos minutos = take + a few minutes.
    * de uno a otro = across.
    * en unos momentos = momentarily, at any moment.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar un poco anticuado = be some years old.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * ni lo uno ni lo otro = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * pospuesto una y otra vez = ever-postponed.
    * ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.
    * ser uno de entre varios + Nombre = be one of a number of + Nombre.
    * todos y cada uno = all and sundry, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * tropezar los unos con los otros = trip over + each other.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide band of, a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * una apuesta segura = a sure bet.
    * una avalancha de = a flood of, a flood tide of.
    * un abanico de = a palette of.
    * una bobadita = a little something.
    * una buena alternativa a = the next best thing to.
    * una buena cantidad de = a fair amount of.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.
    * una buena pesca = a good catch.
    * una cadena de = a necklace of.
    * una cadena de + Montañas = a range of + Montañas.
    * una cantidad ingente de = a wealth of.
    * una capa fina de = a skim of.
    * una causa perdida = a dead dog.
    * una cierta cantidad de = a measure of, a proportion of.
    * una clase de = a kind of.
    * una colección desordenada de = a scrapbook of.
    * una combinación de = a mixture of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una comparsa de = a cavalcade of.
    * una constelación de = a galaxy of.
    * una convocatoria de = a call for.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una cosita = a little something.
    * una cubeta llena de = a pailful of.
    * una cucharadita de = a teaspoon of.
    * una cuestión de principios = a matter of principle.
    * una cuestión de vida o muerte = a matter of life and death.
    * una desgracia = a crying shame.
    * una de varios = one of a variety of.
    * una diversidad de = a variety of, an array of, a mosaic of, a diversity of, a menu of.
    * una escasez de = a dearth of.
    * una especie de = a kind of.
    * una especie de + Nombre = Nombre + of sorts.
    * una espléndida variedad de = a panoply of.
    * una estaca en el corazón = a stake in the heart.
    * una estructura de = a pattern of.
    * una eternidad = ages and ages (and ages).
    * una fortuna = a king's ransom.
    * una fuente de = a treasure trove of.
    * una gama de = a suite of, a palette of.
    * una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.
    * una gama muy variada de = a whole gamut of.
    * una gama variada de = a trawling of.
    * una gran = a large measure of.
    * una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.
    * una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.
    * una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of.
    * una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.
    * una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.
    * una gran pérdida = a great loss.
    * una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una grupo impreciso de = a cloud of.
    * una guía general = a rough guide.
    * una idea general = a rough guide.
    * una inmensa cantidad de = a treasure chest of, a huge number of.
    * una intentona de = attempted.
    * un aire de = an air of, a whiff of.
    * una joya = a little gem.
    * una lotería = hit (and/or) miss.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un aluvión de = a flood of, a rash of, a barrage of, a flurry of.
    * una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.
    * una mayor variedad de = a wider canvas of.
    * una mejor ocasión = a better time.
    * una mezcla de = a mixture of, a blend of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una mina de = a treasure trove of.
    * una mina de información = a mine of information.
    * una mina inagotable de = a treasure house of.
    * una minoría de = a minority of.
    * una minoría selecta = a select few.
    * una miscelánea de = a miscellany of.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * una montaña de = a mountain of.
    * un amplio espectro de = a broad band of, a broad spectrum of, a wide band of.
    * una muestra variada de = a mosaic of.
    * una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.
    * una multidud de = a host of.
    * una multiplicidad de = a multiplicity of.
    * una multitud de = a swarm of.
    * una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.
    * una negociación justa = a square deal.
    * una noche tras otra = night after night.
    * una nube de = a haze of, a cloud of, a swarm of.
    * un año tras otro = year after year.
    * una ola de = a wave of, a tide of.
    * una oleada de = an army of, a flurry of, a swell of.
    * una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.
    * una oportunidad como es debido = a fair chance.
    * una oportunidad de triunfar = a fighting chance.
    * una oportunidad única en la vida = once in a lifetime opportunity.
    * una organización de = a pattern of.
    * una palmada en la espalda = a pat on the back.
    * una palmadita en la espala = a pat on the back.
    * una pareja ideal = a match made in heaven.
    * una pareja perfecta = a match made in heaven.
    * una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.
    * una pequeña minoría de = a marginal fringe of.
    * una pérdida constante de = a haemorrhage of.
    * una pila de = a pile of, a stack of, a sackful of, a whole slew of, a raft of, a mass of.
    * una pincelada de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * una pizca de = a dash of, a grain of, a pinch of.
    * una pizca de verdad = a grain of truth.
    * una plena convicción de = a strong sense of.
    * una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * una probabilidad muy alta = a sporting chance.
    * una profusión de = a profusion of.
    * una provisión constante de = a diet of.
    * una racha de = a rash of, a stretch of.
    * una retahíla de = a volley of, a string of.
    * una ristra de = a long tail of, a volley of.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * un arte = a fine art.
    * un arte en extinción = a dying art.
    * un arte que se está perdiendo = a dying art.
    * una salva de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de mentiras = a sackful of lies, a pack of lies.
    * unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.
    * una segunda opinión = a second opinion.
    * una segunda vez = a second time around, a second time.
    * una selecta minoría, una minoría selecta, unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * una semblanza de = an air of.
    * una serie de = a choice of, a number of, a range of, a series of, a suite of, an array of, a string of, a pattern of, a stream of, a battery of, a succession of.
    * una serie de + Nombre + organizados por turnos = a rota of + Nombre.
    * un aspecto de = an air of.
    * una sucesión de = a succession of.
    * una tanda de = a flurry of.
    * un ataque de = an access of, a shock of.
    * una tentativa de = attempted.
    * una tira de = a raft of.
    * un atisbo de = a hint of.
    * una tontería = a little something.
    * una tormenta en un vaso de agua = a tempest in a teapot.
    * una última vez = one last time.
    * una única fuente para Algo = one-stop, one-stop shopping, one stop shop.
    * un auténtico infierno = a living hell.
    * una variada gama de = a whole gamut of.
    * una variedad de = a range of, a variety of, an array of, an assortment of, a spectrum of, a menu of, a diversity of, a palette of.
    * una variedad muy rica de = a treasure of.
    * una vasta cantidad de = a vast amount of.
    * una verdadera lástima = a crying shame.
    * una verdadera pena = a crying shame.
    * una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.
    * una vez cumplimentado = completed.
    * una vez + Participio = upon + Nombre.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado = having + Participio Pasado, having + just + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado + Nombre = with + Nombre + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez que + Frase = once + Frase.
    * una vez quincenalmente = once a fortnight.
    * una vez relleno = completed.
    * una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * una yarda de largo = a yard long.
    * una zona de = a stretch of.
    * un bariburrillo de = a welter of.
    * un bebé = a babe in arms.
    * un bocadito = a little something.
    * un bombardeo de = a barrage of.
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * un buen número de = a good number of.
    * un buen partido = a good catch.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * un camión de = a truckload of.
    * un caso perdido = a dead dog.
    * un caudal de experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * un centro único = one stop shop.
    * un chorreón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un chorretón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un cierto grado de = a certain amount of, a modicum of.
    * un cierto número de = a number of.
    * un conglomerado de = a conglomeration of.
    * un conjunto cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un conjunto de = a set of, a suite of, a pool of, an assembly of, a pattern of, a universe of, a harvest of, a complement of.
    * un corpus de = a body of.
    * un costal de = a sackful of.
    * un cuarto = one in four.
    * un cuarto de = a quarter of.
    * un cúmulo de = a treasure trove of.
    * un detalle = a little something.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * un dineral = a king's ransom, a huge amount of money.
    * un donnadie = a nobody.
    * un ejemplo claro = a case in question, a case in point.
    * un ejército de = an army of.
    * un enjambre de = a swarm of.
    * un equipo de = a team of.
    * un espectáculo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * un fuerte sentimiento de = a strong sense of.
    * un gran diversidad de = a broad range of.
    * un gran espectro de = a wide band of, a wide band of.
    * un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.
    * un grano de arena en el desierto = a drop in the ocean, a drop of water in a bucket.
    * un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].
    * un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.
    * un grupo aferrado de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un grupo de = a set of, a bunch of, a crop of, a pool of, a cadre of, a cluster of, a galaxy of, a clutch of, a company of.
    * un grupo de gente variada = a cast of people.
    * un grupo incondicional de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo variado de = a collection of.
    * un halo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un hombre de gentes = a man of the people.
    * un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.
    * un hombre de palabra = a man of his word.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words, a man of few words.
    * un intento de = an exercise in, attempted.
    * un juego de = a battery of.
    * un kaleidoscopio de = a mosaic of.
    * un lecho de rosas = a bed of roses.
    * un lujo asiático = the lap of luxury.
    * un manojo de llaves = a set of + keys.
    * un manojo de nervios = a bundle of nerves.
    * un mar de = a sea of.
    * un mar de papel = a sea of + paper.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * un mejor momento = a better time.
    * un mequetrefe = a nobody.
    * un minuto en los labios, para siempre en las caderas = a minute on the lips, forever on the hips.
    * un momento bueno de = a peak of.
    * un momento determinado = a frozen moment in time, a given moment in time.
    * un montón = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo de = a truckload of, a whole slew of, a raft of.
    * un montonazo de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un montón de = a pile of, a stack of, a bundle of, a truckload of, a sackful of, a raft of.
    * un montón de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la mañana = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + por la mañana temprano = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.
    * un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.
    * un nuevo impulso = a new lease of life.
    * un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.
    * un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of, a growing body of.
    * un número de = a series of.
    * un número reducido de = a residue of, a small number of.
    * un número variado de + Nombre = any number of + Nombre.
    * un oásis de = an oasis of.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importantes = not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de tantos = little fish in a big pond.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * unos + Cantidad = around + Cantidad.
    * unos con otros = one another.
    * unos cuantos = a few, a smattering of + Nombre Contable, a sprinkling of.
    * unos de otros = one another.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * unos encima de los otros = one on another.
    * unos + Fecha = about + Fecha.
    * unos + Número = some + Número.
    * unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * unos segundos de reflexión = a moment's thought, a moment's reflection.
    * uno u otro = one or another.
    * un paquete de = a suite of.
    * un paquete integrado de programas = a suite of + programmes.
    * un paquete ofimático integrado = a suite of office automation software.
    * un par de = a couple of.
    * un par de minutos = a couple of moments.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.
    * un pequeño puntito = just a little dot.
    * un período de = a stretch of.
    * un período determinado = a frozen moment in time.
    * un periodo intenso de = a flurry of.
    * un pilón de = a raft of, a mass of, a stack of.
    * un poco = a bit, somewhat, slightly, something of, a little bit, kinda [kind of].
    * un poco áspero = roughish.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * un poco de = a measure of, a touch (of), a bit of, a piece of, a spot of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un poco + Nombre = a shade + Nombre.
    * un poco obscuro = dusky.
    * un poco perdido = a bit at sea.
    * un poco rugoso = roughish.
    * un popurrí de = a potpourri of, a welter of.
    * un poquito = a wee bit.
    * un poquito (de) = a dash of, a tiny bit of, a splash of, a hint of, a touch (of).
    * un porrón de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * un puñado de = a bunch of, a handful of, a clutch of.
    * un rato = awhile.
    * un rayo de = a shimmer of.
    * un rayo de esperanza = a faint glimmer of light.
    * un rayo de luz esperanzador = a faint glimmer of light, a peep of light.
    * un regalito = a little something.
    * un revoltijo de = a jumble of, a welter of.
    * un rosario de = a rash of.
    * un saco de = a sackful of.
    * un saco lleno de = a sackful of.
    * un servicio las 24 horas = a 24-hour service.
    * un sinfín de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sinnúmero de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sueño hecho realidad = a dream come true.
    * un surtido de = an assortment of.
    * un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.
    * un tiempo = awhile.
    * un tipo de = a kind of.
    * un toque de = a touch of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un torrente de = a cascade of.
    * un total de = a universe of, a total of.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.
    * un trabajo cualquiera = casual job.
    * un tramo de = a stretch of.
    * un trato justo = a square deal.
    * un trozo de = a piece of, a snatch of, a stretch of.
    * un velo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un viso de = a whiff of.
    * variar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.

    Spanish-English dictionary > un2

  • 13 un

    adj.
    one.
    art.
    an, a.
    * * *
    un
    1 a, an
    1 (numeral) one
    2 (indef) some
    un día volverá he'll come some day Table 1 NOTA See also uno,-a/Table 1
    * * *
    1. adj. 2. = una, art.
    a, an
    - unos I
    - unas I
    * * *
    un, -a
    1. ART INDEF
    1) [en singular] [refiriéndose a algo no conocido o de forma imprecisa] a; [antes de vocal o de h] an; [dando mayor énfasis, con expresiones temporales] one
    2) [en plural]
    a) [uso indefinido] (=algunos) some; (=pocos) a few

    hay unas cervezas en la neverathere are a few o some beers in the fridge

    b) [con partes del cuerpo]
    c) [con objetos a pares] some
    d) [con cantidades, cifras] about, around

    había unas 20 personasthere were about o around 20 people, there were some 20 people

    unos 80 dólaresabout o around 80 dollars, some 80 dollars

    3) [enfático]

    ¡se dio un golpe...! — he banged himself really hard!

    ¡había una gente más rara...! — there were some real weirdos there! *

    ¡sois unos vagos! — you're so lazy!

    2.
    ADJ [numeral] one

    una excursión de un día — a one-day trip, a day trip

    uno
    * * *
    (pl unos), una (pl unas) articulo
    [the masculine article un is also used before feminine nouns which begin with stressed a or ha e.g. un arma poderosa, un hambre feroz]
    1) (sing) a; (delante de sonido vocálico) an; (pl) some

    tú haces unas preguntas... — you do ask some questions!

    me dio una vergüenza... — I was so embarrassed!

    4) (sing) ( como genérico)
    5) (pl) ( expresando aproximación) about
    * * *
    (pl unos), una (pl unas) articulo
    [the masculine article un is also used before feminine nouns which begin with stressed a or ha e.g. un arma poderosa, un hambre feroz]
    1) (sing) a; (delante de sonido vocálico) an; (pl) some

    tú haces unas preguntas... — you do ask some questions!

    me dio una vergüenza... — I was so embarrassed!

    4) (sing) ( como genérico)
    5) (pl) ( expresando aproximación) about
    * * *
    un2

    Ex: A good example is the British Catalogue of Music Classification.

    * a uno u otro lado de = on either side of.
    * a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.
    * cada uno = apiece, each.
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.
    * cercano uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * cerca uno del otro = in close proximity.
    * dedicar unos minutos = take + a few minutes.
    * de uno a otro = across.
    * en unos momentos = momentarily, at any moment.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be well suited to each other, be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar un poco anticuado = be some years old.
    * los unos a costa de los otros = at each other's expense.
    * lo uno es tan malo como lo otro = one is as bad as the other.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * ni lo uno ni lo otro = in-between, betwixt and between.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * pospuesto una y otra vez = ever-postponed.
    * ser complementario el uno del otro = be integral one to another.
    * ser uno de entre varios + Nombre = be one of a number of + Nombre.
    * todos y cada uno = all and sundry, each and everyone.
    * todos y cada uno de = any and every, any and all.
    * tropezar los unos con los otros = trip over + each other.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide band of, a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * una apuesta segura = a sure bet.
    * una avalancha de = a flood of, a flood tide of.
    * un abanico de = a palette of.
    * una bobadita = a little something.
    * una buena alternativa a = the next best thing to.
    * una buena cantidad de = a fair amount of.
    * una buena cosa = a good thing.
    * una buena forma de empezar = a good way to start.
    * una buena parte de = a large measure of, a good deal of, a great deal of.
    * una buena pesca = a good catch.
    * una cadena de = a necklace of.
    * una cadena de + Montañas = a range of + Montañas.
    * una cantidad ingente de = a wealth of.
    * una capa fina de = a skim of.
    * una causa perdida = a dead dog.
    * una cierta cantidad de = a measure of, a proportion of.
    * una clase de = a kind of.
    * una colección desordenada de = a scrapbook of.
    * una combinación de = a mixture of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una comparsa de = a cavalcade of.
    * una constelación de = a galaxy of.
    * una convocatoria de = a call for.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una cosita = a little something.
    * una cubeta llena de = a pailful of.
    * una cucharadita de = a teaspoon of.
    * una cuestión de principios = a matter of principle.
    * una cuestión de vida o muerte = a matter of life and death.
    * una desgracia = a crying shame.
    * una de varios = one of a variety of.
    * una diversidad de = a variety of, an array of, a mosaic of, a diversity of, a menu of.
    * una escasez de = a dearth of.
    * una especie de = a kind of.
    * una especie de + Nombre = Nombre + of sorts.
    * una espléndida variedad de = a panoply of.
    * una estaca en el corazón = a stake in the heart.
    * una estructura de = a pattern of.
    * una eternidad = ages and ages (and ages).
    * una fortuna = a king's ransom.
    * una fuente de = a treasure trove of.
    * una gama de = a suite of, a palette of.
    * una gama de posibilidades = a palette of possibilities.
    * una gama muy variada de = a whole gamut of.
    * una gama variada de = a trawling of.
    * una gran = a large measure of.
    * una gran cantidad de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a large degree of, a mass of, a plethora of, a supply of, a vast amount of, a city of, a wealth of, a sea of, a cascade of, an army of, a good many, a huge number of, a great number of, a multitude of, scores of, a host of, a vast corpus of, a whole host of.
    * una gran cantidad y variedad de = a wealth and breadth of.
    * una gran diversidad de = a wide range of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of.
    * una gran experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * una gran extensión de = a sea of.
    * una gran gama de = a wide range of, a rich tapestry of, a wide band of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una gran mayoría de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran parte de = a broad population of, a lion's share of.
    * una gran pérdida = a great loss.
    * una gran proporción de = a large proportion of.
    * una gran variedad de = a wide range of, a multiplicity of, a rich tapestry of, a plurality of, a broad variety of, a broad range of, a whole gamut of.
    * una grupo impreciso de = a cloud of.
    * una guía general = a rough guide.
    * una idea general = a rough guide.
    * una inmensa cantidad de = a treasure chest of, a huge number of.
    * una intentona de = attempted.
    * un aire de = an air of, a whiff of.
    * una joya = a little gem.
    * una lotería = hit (and/or) miss.
    * un alto en el camino = a stop on the road, a pit stop on the road.
    * un aluvión de = a flood of, a rash of, a barrage of, a flurry of.
    * una manera de empezar = a foot in the door.
    * un amante = a little something on the side.
    * una mayor variedad de = a wider canvas of.
    * una mejor ocasión = a better time.
    * una mezcla de = a mixture of, a blend of, a mix of, a rollup of.
    * una mina de = a treasure trove of.
    * una mina de información = a mine of information.
    * una mina inagotable de = a treasure house of.
    * una minoría de = a minority of.
    * una minoría selecta = a select few.
    * una miscelánea de = a miscellany of.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * una montaña de = a mountain of.
    * un amplio espectro de = a broad band of, a broad spectrum of, a wide band of.
    * una muestra variada de = a mosaic of.
    * una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.
    * una multidud de = a host of.
    * una multiplicidad de = a multiplicity of.
    * una multitud de = a swarm of.
    * una necesidad cada vez mayor = a growing need.
    * una negociación justa = a square deal.
    * una noche tras otra = night after night.
    * una nube de = a haze of, a cloud of, a swarm of.
    * un año tras otro = year after year.
    * una ola de = a wave of, a tide of.
    * una oleada de = an army of, a flurry of, a swell of.
    * una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.
    * una oportunidad como es debido = a fair chance.
    * una oportunidad de triunfar = a fighting chance.
    * una oportunidad única en la vida = once in a lifetime opportunity.
    * una organización de = a pattern of.
    * una palmada en la espalda = a pat on the back.
    * una palmadita en la espala = a pat on the back.
    * una pareja ideal = a match made in heaven.
    * una pareja perfecta = a match made in heaven.
    * una parte de = a share of, a snatch of.
    * una pequeña minoría de = a marginal fringe of.
    * una pérdida constante de = a haemorrhage of.
    * una pila de = a pile of, a stack of, a sackful of, a whole slew of, a raft of, a mass of.
    * una pincelada de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * una pizca de = a dash of, a grain of, a pinch of.
    * una pizca de verdad = a grain of truth.
    * una plena convicción de = a strong sense of.
    * una posibilidad muy remota = a long shot.
    * una primera y última vez = a first and last time.
    * una probabilidad muy alta = a sporting chance.
    * una profusión de = a profusion of.
    * una provisión constante de = a diet of.
    * una racha de = a rash of, a stretch of.
    * una retahíla de = a volley of, a string of.
    * una ristra de = a long tail of, a volley of.
    * un arraigado sentido de = a strong sense of.
    * un arte = a fine art.
    * un arte en extinción = a dying art.
    * un arte que se está perdiendo = a dying art.
    * una salva de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de = a volley of.
    * una sarta de mentiras = a sackful of lies, a pack of lies.
    * unas cuantas ideas = a rough guide.
    * una segunda opinión = a second opinion.
    * una segunda vez = a second time around, a second time.
    * una selecta minoría, una minoría selecta, unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * una semblanza de = an air of.
    * una serie de = a choice of, a number of, a range of, a series of, a suite of, an array of, a string of, a pattern of, a stream of, a battery of, a succession of.
    * una serie de + Nombre + organizados por turnos = a rota of + Nombre.
    * un aspecto de = an air of.
    * una sucesión de = a succession of.
    * una tanda de = a flurry of.
    * un ataque de = an access of, a shock of.
    * una tentativa de = attempted.
    * una tira de = a raft of.
    * un atisbo de = a hint of.
    * una tontería = a little something.
    * una tormenta en un vaso de agua = a tempest in a teapot.
    * una última vez = one last time.
    * una única fuente para Algo = one-stop, one-stop shopping, one stop shop.
    * un auténtico infierno = a living hell.
    * una variada gama de = a whole gamut of.
    * una variedad de = a range of, a variety of, an array of, an assortment of, a spectrum of, a menu of, a diversity of, a palette of.
    * una variedad muy rica de = a treasure of.
    * una vasta cantidad de = a vast amount of.
    * una verdadera lástima = a crying shame.
    * una verdadera pena = a crying shame.
    * una vez cada quincena = once a fortnight.
    * una vez cumplimentado = completed.
    * una vez + Participio = upon + Nombre.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado = having + Participio Pasado, having + just + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez + Participio Pasado + Nombre = with + Nombre + Participio Pasado.
    * una vez que + Frase = once + Frase.
    * una vez quincenalmente = once a fortnight.
    * una vez relleno = completed.
    * una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * una yarda de largo = a yard long.
    * una zona de = a stretch of.
    * un bariburrillo de = a welter of.
    * un bebé = a babe in arms.
    * un bocadito = a little something.
    * un bombardeo de = a barrage of.
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * un buen número de = a good number of.
    * un buen partido = a good catch.
    * un camino largo y difícil = a long haul.
    * un camión de = a truckload of.
    * un caso perdido = a dead dog.
    * un caudal de experiencia = a wealth of experience.
    * un centro único = one stop shop.
    * un chorreón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un chorretón de = a splash of, a hint of.
    * un cierto grado de = a certain amount of, a modicum of.
    * un cierto número de = a number of.
    * un conglomerado de = a conglomeration of.
    * un conjunto cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un conjunto de = a set of, a suite of, a pool of, an assembly of, a pattern of, a universe of, a harvest of, a complement of.
    * un corpus de = a body of.
    * un costal de = a sackful of.
    * un cuarto = one in four.
    * un cuarto de = a quarter of.
    * un cúmulo de = a treasure trove of.
    * un detalle = a little something.
    * un día de descanso = a day away from.
    * un día fuera = a day out.
    * un día haciendo algo diferente = a day away from.
    * un día normal = on a typical day.
    * un día sí y otro no = every other day.
    * un día sí y otro también = day in and day out.
    * un día tras otro = day after day.
    * un día y medio = one and a half days.
    * un dineral = a king's ransom, a huge amount of money.
    * un donnadie = a nobody.
    * un ejemplo claro = a case in question, a case in point.
    * un ejército de = an army of.
    * un enjambre de = a swarm of.
    * un equipo de = a team of.
    * un espectáculo digno de contemplar = a sight to behold.
    * un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * un fuerte sentimiento de = a strong sense of.
    * un gran diversidad de = a broad range of.
    * un gran espectro de = a wide band of, a wide band of.
    * un gran número de = a good deal of, a great deal of, a plethora of, a wide range of, a full roster of, a fair number of, a great number of, a broad variety of, a wide variety of, a broad range of, a vast corpus of.
    * un grano de arena en el desierto = a drop in the ocean, a drop of water in a bucket.
    * un gran repertorio de = an arsenal of, an armoury of [armory].
    * un gran volumen de = a vast corpus of.
    * un grupo aferrado de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo cada vez mayor de = a growing body of.
    * un grupo de = a set of, a bunch of, a crop of, a pool of, a cadre of, a cluster of, a galaxy of, a clutch of, a company of.
    * un grupo de gente variada = a cast of people.
    * un grupo incondicional de = a hard core of.
    * un grupo variado de = a collection of.
    * un halo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un hombre de gentes = a man of the people.
    * un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.
    * un hombre de palabra = a man of his word.
    * un hombre de pocas palabras = a man of few words, a man of few words.
    * un intento de = an exercise in, attempted.
    * un juego de = a battery of.
    * un kaleidoscopio de = a mosaic of.
    * un lecho de rosas = a bed of roses.
    * un lujo asiático = the lap of luxury.
    * un manojo de llaves = a set of + keys.
    * un manojo de nervios = a bundle of nerves.
    * un mar de = a sea of.
    * un mar de papel = a sea of + paper.
    * un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.
    * un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.
    * un mejor momento = a better time.
    * un mequetrefe = a nobody.
    * un minuto en los labios, para siempre en las caderas = a minute on the lips, forever on the hips.
    * un momento bueno de = a peak of.
    * un momento determinado = a frozen moment in time, a given moment in time.
    * un montón = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo = like crazy, like mad.
    * un montonazo de = a truckload of, a whole slew of, a raft of.
    * un montonazo de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un montón de = a pile of, a stack of, a bundle of, a truckload of, a sackful of, a raft of.
    * un montón de dinero = a huge amount of money.
    * un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.
    * un + Nombre + a altas horas de la noche = a late night + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a primera hora de la mañana = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + a última hora de la mañana = a late morning + Nombre.
    * un + Nombre + por la mañana temprano = an early morning + Nombre.
    * un no sé qué = a je ne sais quoi.
    * un nuevo comienzo = a fresh start.
    * un nuevo impulso = a new lease of life.
    * un número cada vez mayor = growing numbers.
    * un número cada vez mayor de = a growing number of, a growing body of.
    * un número de = a series of.
    * un número reducido de = a residue of, a small number of.
    * un número variado de + Nombre = any number of + Nombre.
    * un oásis de = an oasis of.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importantes = not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de tantos = little fish in a big pond.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * unos + Cantidad = around + Cantidad.
    * unos con otros = one another.
    * unos cuantos = a few, a smattering of + Nombre Contable, a sprinkling of.
    * unos de otros = one another.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * unos encima de los otros = one on another.
    * unos + Fecha = about + Fecha.
    * unos + Número = some + Número.
    * unos pocos elegidos = a select few.
    * unos segundos de reflexión = a moment's thought, a moment's reflection.
    * uno u otro = one or another.
    * un paquete de = a suite of.
    * un paquete integrado de programas = a suite of + programmes.
    * un paquete ofimático integrado = a suite of office automation software.
    * un par de = a couple of.
    * un par de minutos = a couple of moments.
    * un pasado oscuro = a dark past.
    * un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.
    * un pequeño puntito = just a little dot.
    * un período de = a stretch of.
    * un período determinado = a frozen moment in time.
    * un periodo intenso de = a flurry of.
    * un pilón de = a raft of, a mass of, a stack of.
    * un poco = a bit, somewhat, slightly, something of, a little bit, kinda [kind of].
    * un poco áspero = roughish.
    * un poco como = kind of like.
    * un poco de = a measure of, a touch (of), a bit of, a piece of, a spot of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un poco + Nombre = a shade + Nombre.
    * un poco obscuro = dusky.
    * un poco perdido = a bit at sea.
    * un poco rugoso = roughish.
    * un popurrí de = a potpourri of, a welter of.
    * un poquito = a wee bit.
    * un poquito (de) = a dash of, a tiny bit of, a splash of, a hint of, a touch (of).
    * un porrón de tiempo = donkey's years.
    * un puñado de = a bunch of, a handful of, a clutch of.
    * un querido = a little something on the side.
    * un rato = awhile.
    * un rayo de = a shimmer of.
    * un rayo de esperanza = a faint glimmer of light.
    * un rayo de luz esperanzador = a faint glimmer of light, a peep of light.
    * un regalito = a little something.
    * un revoltijo de = a jumble of, a welter of.
    * un rosario de = a rash of.
    * un saco de = a sackful of.
    * un saco lleno de = a sackful of.
    * un servicio las 24 horas = a 24-hour service.
    * un sinfín de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sinnúmero de = a myriad of, a host of, a whole host of.
    * un sueño hecho realidad = a dream come true.
    * un surtido de = an assortment of.
    * un tanto + Adjetivo = vaguely + Adjetivo.
    * un tiempo = awhile.
    * un tipo de = a kind of.
    * un toque de = a touch of, a splash of, a hint of.
    * un torrente de = a cascade of.
    * un total de = a universe of, a total of.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.
    * un trabajo cualquiera = casual job.
    * un tramo de = a stretch of.
    * un trato justo = a square deal.
    * un trozo de = a piece of, a snatch of, a stretch of.
    * un velo de bruma = a veil of mist.
    * un viso de = a whiff of.
    * variar de una vez a otra = vary + from time to time.

    * * *
    UN
    (en Col) = Universidad Nacional
    * * *

     

    un (pl
    unos), una (pl unas) art the masculine article un is also used before feminine nouns which begin with stressed a or ha e.g. un arma poderosa, un hambre feroz

    1 ( sing) a;
    ( delante de sonido vocálico) an;
    (pl) some;

    un asunto importante an important matter;
    hay unas cartas para ti there are some letters for you;
    tiene unos ojos preciosos he has lovely eyes
    2 ( con valor ponderativo):
    tú haces unas preguntas … you do ask some questions!

    3 ( con nombres propios) a;

    4 (pl) ( expresando aproximación) about;

    un, una
    I art indet
    1 a
    una azafata, a hostess
    (antes de vocal) an
    un paraguas, an umbrella
    2 unos,-as, some: pasamos unos días en la playa, we spent some days by the sea
    II adj (cardinal) one: solo queda una, there is only one
    un kilo de azúcar, one kilo of sugar ➣ tb uno,-a
    'un' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abanderar
    - abandonar
    - abandono
    - abanico
    - abatirse
    - aberración
    - abertura
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - ablandar
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abordar
    - abrir
    - abrazar
    - abrazo
    - abreviar
    - abrigar
    - abrochar
    - abrupta
    - abrupto
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - absurda
    - absurdo
    - abusar
    - abusiva
    - abusivo
    - abusón
    - abusona
    - acá
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acariciar
    - acaudillar
    - accidental
    - accidente
    - acelerón
    - acento
    - achatamiento
    - achicar
    - acidez
    - acierto
    - aclimatarse
    - acoger
    - acogida
    - acompañar
    English:
    A
    - abandon
    - abandoned
    - about
    - abridged
    - abroad
    - abrupt
    - absent
    - absolute
    - abuse
    - academy
    - accent
    - accept
    - acceptable
    - accepted
    - accidentally
    - accommodation
    - accomplishment
    - accuracy
    - accurate
    - accustom
    - achievement
    - acknowledgement
    - across
    - act
    - action
    - actual
    - addicted
    - adjourn
    - adjust
    - administer
    - administration
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - advertise
    - advice
    - advise
    - adviser
    - afford
    - Afro
    - after
    - after-sales
    - aged
    - agent
    - aggravating
    - aggregate
    - aggressive
    - agree
    - agreement
    * * *
    un, una1 (mpl unos, fpl unas) art indeterminado Un is used instead of una before feminine nouns which begin with a stressed “a” or “ha” (e.g. un águila an eagle; un hacha an axe).
    1. [singular] a;
    [ante sonido vocálico] an;
    un hombre/tren a man/train;
    una mujer/mesa a woman/table;
    una hora an hour;
    tengo un hambre enorme I'm extremely hungry;
    un Picasso auténtico a genuine Picasso;
    un niño necesita cariño children need o a child needs affection
    2. [plural] some;
    tengo unos regalos para ti I have some presents for you;
    llegaremos en unos minutos we will arrive in a few minutes;
    había unos coches mal estacionados there were some badly parked cars;
    son unas personas muy amables they are very kind people;
    tiene unas ganas enormes de viajar he is extremely keen to travel;
    unas tijeras/gafas a pair of scissors/glasses;
    llevaba unas gafas de sol she was wearing sunglasses
    3. [ante números] [indica aproximación]
    había unos doce muchachos there were about o some twelve boys there
    4. [con valor enfático]
    ¡me dio una pena! I felt so sorry for her!;
    se te ocurren unas ideas you have some really odd ideas
    * * *
    un, una
    art indet a; antes de vocal y h muda an;
    unos coches/pájaros some cars/birds
    * * *
    un uno
    un, una art, mpl unos
    1) : a, an
    2) unos or unas pl
    : some, a few
    hace unas semanas: a few weeks ago
    3) unos or unas pl
    : about, approximately
    unos veinte años antes: about twenty years before
    * * *
    un det a / an

    Spanish-English dictionary > un

  • 14 AUKA

    * * *
    I)
    (eyk, jók, jókum, aukinn), v.
    1) to augment, increase (auka virðing e-s; auka ætt sína; auka vandræði);
    to prolong (auka þing);
    aukanda ferr am e-t, something goes on increasing;
    eigi er þat aukit (it is no exaggeration) þó at hann sé sagðr ríkastr maðr á Íslandi;
    orðum aukit, exaggerated;
    aukin ( more than) þrjú hundruð manna;
    2) to add, with dat. (jók ek því es mér varð síðar kunnara);
    auka synd á synd ofan, to heap sin upon sin;
    auka e-u við, to add;
    aukast orðum við, to come to words, to converse;
    with acc., auka ný vandræði (= nýjum vandræðum) á hin fornu, to add new difficulties to old ones;
    impers., jók stórum hans harm, his grief increased greatly;
    3) to surpass, exceed;
    þat er eykr sex aura, þá á konungr hálft þat er eykr, if it exceeds six ounces, the king takes half the excess.
    (að), v. (a Norse form) = the preceding.
    * * *
    jók, jóku (mod. juku), aukit [Lat. augere; Gr. αυξειν; Ulf. aukan; A. S. eacan or ecan; Engl. to eche or eke; O. H. G. auhon]; pres. ind. eyk; subj. eyki or yki, mod. jyki. A weak form (aukar, aukaði, aukat) also occurs, esp. in Norse, and (as a Norwegianism) in Icel. writers, esp. after the year 1260, e. g. aukaðu, augebant, Barl. 138; aukaðist, augebatur, aukaði, augebat. Barl. 180, Fms. i. 140, 184, x. 21 (MSS. aukuðu or aukaði, and some even jóku), Róm. 234; subj. aukaðist, augeretur, Fms. vii. 158 in three Icel. vellum MSS.; only one has ykist, the strong genuine form. Pres. aukar, auget, and aukast, augetur, instead of eykr, eykst, Stj. 32: part. aukat (= aukit), O. H. L. 46; aukuð, aucta, Fms. x. 236. Even Snorri in the Edda has aukaðist, p. 3, both in the vellum MSS. Ob. and Kb.,—a form which is thoroughly unclassical; the poets use the strong form, and so Ari, who has jókk = jók ek, in the preface to Íb.;—so also the great bulk of the classical literature. Since the Reformation the strong form is the only one used either in speaking or writing.
    I. Lat. augere, to augment, increase, with acc., eykr hann þar ætt sína, Fms. iii. 82; jók Njáll ekki hjón sín, Nj. 59; hét hann þeim at auka virðing þeirra, Eg. 33; þessi orð jóku mjök sök Adams, Sks. 542; jók nafn hans, Hom. 51, Nj. 33; var þá síðan aukuð (= aukin) veizlan, Fms. x. 236: absol., þat hálft er eykr, that half which is over and above, Js. 75: in the phrase, aukanda ferr um e-t, a thing is increasing, Nj. 139.
    II. Lat. addere, to add to the whole of a thing; with the thing added in the dat., ok jókk (= jók ek) því es mér varð síðan kunnara, Íb. (pref.): impers., jók miklu við, increased greatly, Ld. 54; þá eykst enn ellefu nóttum við, eleven nights are still added, Rb. 28: followed by ‘við,’ auka e-u við e-t, to add to it, Nj. 41; ‘til’ is rare and unclassical, and seems almost a Danism, as ‘föie til,’ þetta til aukist, Vm. 7: auka synd (dat.) á synd (acc.) ofan, to heap sin upon sin, Stj. 274: aukast orðum við, to come to words, speak, Eg. ch. 58, v. l. (rare); ef þú eykr orði, if tbou say’st a word more, Lex. Poët.
    β. with acc. (a rare and unclassical Latinism), auka ny vandræði (= nyjum vandræðum) á hin fornu, Bs. i. 751.
    γ. impers. in the phrase, aukar á, it increases, Róm. 234.
    III. to surpass, exceed; þat er eykr sex aura, þá á konungr hálft þat er eykr, if it exceeds six ounces, the king takes half the excess, N. G. L. i. 281, Js. § 71; en ármaðr taki þat er aukit er, what is over and above, N. G. L. i. 165. Esp. used adverbially in the part. pass, aukit, aukin, more than, above, of numbers; aukin þrjú hundruð manna, three hundred men well told, Eg. 530, Fms. ix. 524, v. l.; með aukit hundrað manna, x. 184, Ld. 196; aukin hálf vætt, Grett. 141 new Ed.
    β. in the phrases, þat er (eigi) aukat (aukit), it is no exaggeration, Jd. verse 22, the Ed. in Fms. xi. 169 has ‘árla’ (a false reading); pat er aukat, O. H. L. 1. c.; orðum aukið, exaggerated, Thom. 73.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AUKA

  • 15 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 16 de

    prep.
    1 of.
    el coche de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car
    es de ella it's hers
    la pata de la mesa the table leg
    La casa de mi padre The house of my father [My father's house]
    2 from (procedencia, distancia).
    salir de casa to leave home
    soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao
    de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 meters from the beach to the apartment
    3 (made) of (materia).
    un vaso de plástico a plastic cup
    un reloj de oro a gold watch
    4 about (asunto).
    hablábamos de ti we were talking about you
    libros de historia history books
    5 as.
    trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman
    trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five
    de madrugada early in the morning
    a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon
    trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day
    7 with (causa, modo).
    morirse de hambre to die of hunger
    llorar de alegría to cry with joy
    de una patada with a kick
    de una sola vez in one go
    de tres en tres three at a time
    8 if.
    de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday
    de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it
    9 to.
    Está ansiosa de obtener ese trabajo She is anxious to have that job.
    f.
    1 letter d.
    2 SD, standard deviation.
    3 ED, dose of erythema, erythema dose.
    * * *
    de
    ————————
    de
    1 (posesión, pertenencia) of
    2 (procedencia, origen) from
    la niña de ojos castaños the girl with dark eyes, the dark-eyed girl
    4 (tema) of, on, about
    5 (materia) made of, of
    7 (uso) for
    8 (oficio) by, as
    9 (modo) on, in, as
    10 (tiempo) at, by, in
    de día by day, during the day
    12 (precio) at
    13 (medida) measuring
    14 (causa) with, because of, of
    15 (agente) by
    * * *
    prep.
    1) of
    2) from
    3) in, at
    4) than
    5) by
    * * *
    PREPOSITION
    1) [relación] of

    la carretera de Valencia — the Valencia road, the road to Valencia

    2) [pertenencia]

    la señora de Pérez — Pérez's wife, Mrs Pérez

    3) [característica, material]

    este modelo es de electricidad — this model uses electricity, this is an electric model

    4) [contenido]

    una copa de vino[llena] a glass of wine; [vacía] a wine glass

    5) [origen, distancia, espacio temporal] from

    los de Madrid son los mejores — the ones from Madrid are the best, the Madrid ones are the best

    de... a...
    6) [causa]
    7) [manera]
    de... en...
    8) (=respecto de)

    estar mejor de salud — to be in better health, be better

    9) [tema] about

    un libro de biología — a biology book, a book on o about biology

    10) [uso]
    11) [cantidad, medida, valor]
    12) [con horas y fechas]

    a las siete de la mañana — at seven o'clock in the morning, at seven a.m.

    son las dos de la tarde — it's two o'clock in the afternoon, it's two p.m.

    el 3 de mayo3 May ( leído May the third {o}2} the third of May)

    13) [tiempo]
    14) [proporción]
    15) [uso partitivo] of

    ¡había una de gente! — * there were loads of people there! *

    16) [autoría] by

    un libro de Cela — a book by Cela, a book of Cela's

    17) [como complemento agente] by

    el rey entró seguido de su séquito — the king entered, followed by his entourage

    18) [en aposición a sustantivos o adjetivos]

    el bueno/pobre de Pedro — good/poor old Pedro

    19) [en comparaciones] than

    más/menos de siete — more/less than seven

    más de 500 personasmore than o over 500 people

    20) [con superlativos] in

    el más caro de la tienda/mundo — the most expensive in the shop/world

    21) + infin
    ser de ({+ infin}8})
    22) [dependiente de formas verbales]

    de esto se deduce que... — from this it can be deduced that...

    ¿qué esperabas de él? — what did you expect from him?

    23) [uso condicional] if

    de haberlo sabido no habría venido — if I had known, I wouldn't have come

    de no ser así — if it were not so, were it not so

    de no LAm (=si no) otherwise

    * * *
    I
    1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

    la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

    no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

    su padre de usted — (frml) your father

    es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

    2)
    [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

    Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

    los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

    las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

    ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

    3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

    es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

    de... a... — from... to...

    4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

    una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

    5) (expresando causa, modo)

    de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

    de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

    6)
    a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

    ¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

    la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

    de niñoas a o when he was a child

    7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

    ¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

    8)
    a) (al definir, especificar)

    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

    es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

    ¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

    lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

    qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

    10)

    pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

    cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

    un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

    12) ( en calidad de) as
    13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

    estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

    a)

    de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

    b)

    ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

    es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

    II
    * * *
    = across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.
    Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
    Ex. The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.
    Ex. These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.
    Ex. Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.
    Ex. However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.
    Ex. From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    ----
    * abogado de oficio = legal aid.
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * alabanza de boquilla = lip service.
    * alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.
    * autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.
    * de... a = through.
    * de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.
    * de abolengo = well-born.
    * de abordo = in-flight.
    * de absorción = absorptive.
    * de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.
    * de acceso público = publicly accessible.
    * de acceso rápido = fast-access.
    * de acceso restringido = closed access.
    * de acción = action-centered.
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * de actitud = attitudinal.
    * de actuación = for action.
    * de actualidad = topical.
    * de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.
    * de acuerdo a = according to.
    * de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.
    * de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.
    * de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.
    * de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.
    * de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.
    * de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.
    * de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.
    * de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de adaptación = adaptive.
    * de †frica = African.
    * de Africa occidental = West African.
    * de agua = water-based.
    * de aguas profundas = deep-sea.
    * de ahí = therefrom.
    * de ahí que = hence.
    * de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.
    * de Alaska = Alaskan.
    * de Albania = Albanian.
    * de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcohol = spirit-based.
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * de algún tipo = of some description.
    * de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.
    * de alta alcurnia = well-born.
    * de alta cuna = well-born.
    * de alta densidad = high-density.
    * de alta energía = high energy.
    * de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.
    * de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.
    * de alta potencia = high power.
    * de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * de alta productividad = high-performance.
    * de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.
    * de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.
    * de alta tensión = heavy-current.
    * de alta velocidad = high-speed.
    * de alto abolengo = well-born.
    * de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.
    * de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.
    * de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.
    * de alto voltaje = high-voltage.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * de aluvión = alluvial.
    * de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * de amplio alcance = broad in scope.
    * de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.
    * de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.
    * de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].
    * de antigua generación = low-end.
    * de antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * de apariencia = cosmetic.
    * de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.
    * de aplicación específica = special-purpose.
    * de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.
    * de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * de aprovechamiento = exploitative.
    * de aquel entonces = of that day.
    * de aquí para allá = back and forth.
    * de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.
    * de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.
    * de archivo = archival, archive.
    * de armas tomar = redoubtable.
    * de arranque = bootable.
    * de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.
    * de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.
    * de asesoramiento = consultative.
    * de aspecto = looking.
    * de aspecto antiguo = old-face.
    * de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.
    * de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.
    * de aspecto digno = dignified.
    * de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.
    * de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.
    * de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.
    * de aspecto solemne = dignified.
    * de atención básica = preattentive.
    * de atención primaria = preattentive.
    * de atrás = rear.
    * de atrás para adelante = back and forth.
    * de aupa = royal.
    * de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.
    * de autogestión = self-managing.
    * de autoprotección = self-protective.
    * de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.
    * de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].
    * de baja ralea = ignoble.
    * de bajísima calidad = shoddy.
    * de bajo consumo = low energy.
    * de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.
    * de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de bajo precio = low-priced.
    * de bajo riesgo = low-risk.
    * de balde = for free.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].
    * de bienvenida = salutatory.
    * de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * de bodas = bridal.
    * de Boole = Boolean.
    * de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.
    * de broma = humorously, teasingly.
    * de bronce = brass.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.
    * de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.
    * de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de cachondeo = teasingly.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.
    * de cajón = no-brainer.
    * de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.
    * de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.
    * de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * de campo = free-range.
    * de campos fijos = fixed-field.
    * de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.
    * de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.
    * de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.
    * de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.
    * de carácter = in character.
    * de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.
    * de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.
    * de castigo = punitive.
    * de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * de cerámica = ceramic.
    * de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.
    * de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.
    * de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.
    * de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.
    * de civil = in plain clothes.
    * de clasificación = classificatory.
    * de clausura = cloistered.
    * de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.
    * de cobre = cupric.
    * de cojones = badass.
    * de colegas = collegial, buddying.
    * de Colombia = Colombian.
    * de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.
    * de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.
    * de color de bronce = brassy.
    * de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].
    * de colorines = brightly coloured.
    * de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.
    * de color rojo = red-coloured.
    * de color rosa = rose-coloured.
    * de color verde botella = bottle green.
    * de color verde oscuro = bottle green.
    * de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.
    * de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * de compañeros = collegial.
    * de complicidad = knowing.
    * de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.
    * de conceptos = concept-based.
    * de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.
    * de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.
    * de confirmación = confirmatory.
    * de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.
    * de conformidad con eso = accordingly.
    * de conífera = coniferous.
    * de construcción básica = brick and frame.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.
    * de consumo = consumptive.
    * de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * de contrabando = bootleg.
    * de contrapunto = contrapuntal.
    * de Corea = Korean.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * de corral = free-range.
    * de corta duración = short term [short-term].
    * de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.
    * de coste cero = zero-cost.
    * de costumbre = usual, usually.
    * de creación = authorial.
    * de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.
    * de cría intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de Crimea = Crimean.
    * de cristal = glass.
    * de crucial importancia = crucially important.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * de Cuba = Cuban.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.
    * de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.
    * de densidad doble = double-density.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de derechas = right-wing.
    * de derecho = de jure [iure].
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de desarrollo = developmental.
    * de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.
    * de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.
    * de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.
    * de desconexión = cut-off.
    * de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.
    * de desecho = discarded.
    * de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * de desguace = written-off.
    * de despedida = valedictory.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de diámetro = in diameter.
    * de diario = everyday.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de diesel = diesel-powered.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].
    * de difícil solución = intractable.
    * de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.
    * de dirección = directorial, administrative.
    * de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.
    * de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.
    * de doble filo = double-edged.
    * de doble hoja = double-hinged.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de dolor = in pain.
    * de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].
    * de donde = whence, whence, from whence.
    * ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.
    * de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de dos en dos = two at a time.
    * de dos letras = two-letter.
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de dos páginas = two-page.
    * de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].
    * de dos patas = two-legged.
    * de dos piernas = two-legged.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].
    * de dos tonalidades = bitonal.
    * de dos tonos = bitonal.
    * de dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * de duelo = in mourning.
    * de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].
    * de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.
    * de edad = elderly.
    * de edad avanzada = over the hill.
    * de edad escolar = school-age.
    * de edad mediana = middle-aged.
    * de edad universitaria = college-age.
    * de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.
    * de ello = thereof, therefrom.
    * de ellos = theirs.
    * de embalsamar = embalming.
    * de emisor a receptor = downstream.
    * de encaje = lacy.
    * de enmienda = amendatory.
    * de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.
    * de entonces = of the day.
    * de entreguerras = interwar.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de entretenimiento = recreational.
    * de envergadura = heavy lifting.
    * de época = vintage.
    * de epopeya = epic.
    * de esa época = of the period.
    * de escándalo = outrageous.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de eso = thereof.
    * de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.
    * de especial importancia = of particular note.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de Estonia = Estonian.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * de estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.
    * de evaluación = evaluative.
    * de éxito = successful.
    * de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de expansión = expanded.
    * de explotación = exploitative.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de extremada urgencia = serious.
    * de fabricación casera = homemade.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de fácil manejo = liftable.
    * de facto = de facto.
    * de fama = of note.
    * de fama internacional = of international renown.
    * de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.
    * de felpa = plush.
    * de fiar = legit.
    * de fichas = card-based.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * de final de año = end-year.
    * de final de mes = end-of-the-month.
    * de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de formación = formative.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma cognitiva = cognitively.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.
    * de forma concisa = concisely.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma opcional = optionally.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma provocativa = provocatively.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma residual = residually.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de fotograma completo = full-frame.
    * de fotograma doble = half-frame.
    * de frente = head-on, frontal.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * de fuerza = forceful.
    * de funcionamiento = operating, operational.
    * de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.
    * de gala = gala.
    * de Galileo = Galilean.
    * de Gambia = Gambian.
    * de gas = gas-powered.
    * de generación a generación = from generation to generation.
    * de generación en generación = from generation to generation.
    * de geofísica = geophysical.
    * de gestión = managerial, back-office.
    * de gestión del museo = curatorial.
    * de Glasgow = Glaswegian.
    * de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.
    * de grado básico = junior grade.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized, oversize.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de granja = free-range.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.
    * de guasa = teasingly.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * de hierbas = herbal.
    * de hierro = iron, ferric.
    * de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.
    * de hoja caduca = deciduous.
    * de hoja perenne = evergreen.
    * de hojas largas = long-leaved.
    * de Homero = Homeric.
    * de hongos = fungal.
    * de horticultura = horticultural.
    * de hoy = present-day.
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * de huelga = striking.
    * de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].
    * de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * de igual a igual = as a peer.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual longitud = of equal length.
    * de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de imitación = copycat.
    * de importancia = of note, of consequence.
    * de importancia creciente = of growing importance.
    * de importancia crucial = crucially important.
    * de importancia fundamental = critically important.
    * de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.
    * de incalculable valor = priceless.
    * de incógnito = incognito.
    * de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.
    * de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].
    * de inmediato = immediately.
    * de inspiración = inspirational.
    * de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.
    * de intereses similares = of like interest.
    * de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.
    * de interés humano = human interest.
    * de interés periodístico = newsworthy.
    * de investigación = exploratory.
    * de isótopos = isotopic.
    * de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.
    * de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de Kenia = Kenyan.
    * de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].
    * de la adolescencia = teenage.
    * de la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de la cara = facial.
    * de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.
    * de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.
    * de la cóclea = cochlear.
    * de la columna vertebral = spinal.
    * de la comedia = comedic.
    * de la corteza = crustal, cortical.
    * de la cría de aves = avicultural.
    * de la duramadre = dural.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * de la embajada = ambassadorial.
    * de la época = of the time(s), of the day.
    * de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.
    * de la época victoriana = Victorian.
    * de la espina dorsal = spinal.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.
    * de la fóvea = foveal.
    * de la gama alta = high-end.
    * de la gama baja = low-end.
    * de la gama inferior = low-end.
    * de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].
    * de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].
    * de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].
    * de la malaria = malarial.
    * de la mama = mammary.
    * de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.
    * de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.
    * de la manera normal = in the normal manner.
    * de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.
    * de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * de la marina = marine.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili.
    * * *
    I
    1) (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión)

    la casa de mis padres/de la actriz — my parents'/the actress's house

    no es de él/de ella/de ellos — it isn't his/hers/theirs

    su padre de usted — (frml) your father

    es un amigo de mi hijo/de la familia — he's a friend of my son's/the family

    2)
    [de is also part of certain surnames like de León and de la Peña]

    Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena — ≈Mrs Mónica Arocena

    los señores de Díaz — (frml) Mr and Mrs Díaz

    las señoritas de Paz — (frml) the Misses Paz (frml)

    ay de mí! — (liter) woe is me! (liter)

    3) (expresando procedencia, origen, tiempo) from

    es de Bogotá — she's/she comes from Bogotá

    de... a... — from... to...

    4) (al especificar material, contenido, composición)

    una inyección de morfina — an injection of morphine, a morphine injection

    5) (expresando causa, modo)

    de dos en dos or (CS) de a dos — two at a time

    de a poco/de a uno — (CS) little by little/one by one

    6)
    a) (introduciendo cualidades, características)

    ¿de qué color lo quiere? — what color do you want it?

    la chica de azul/del abrigo rojo — the girl in blue/in the red coat

    de niñoas a o when he was a child

    7) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad)

    ¿qué hay de postre? — what's for dessert?

    8)
    a) (al definir, especificar)

    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? — how are we doing for time?

    es fácil/difícil de pronunciar — it's easy/difficult to pronounce

    ¿quién de ustedes fue? — which (one) of you was it?

    lo encontré de viejo...! — he seemed so old!

    qué de coches! — (fam) what a lot of cars!

    10)

    pagan un interés del 15% — they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%

    cuesta más de £100 — it costs more than o over £100

    un número mayor/menor de 29 — a number over/under 29

    12) ( en calidad de) as
    13) (en expresiones de estado, actividad)

    estamos de limpieza general/fiesta — we're spring-cleaning/having a party

    a)

    de + inf: de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known o had I known, I would have come earlier; de no ser así no será considerada — otherwise it will not be considered

    b)

    ser de + inf — (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad)

    es de esperar que... — it is to be hoped that...

    II
    * * *
    = across, in respect for, of, off, out of, from, featuring.

    Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

    Ex: The author of a document is the person or organisation responsible for its creation, that is, the writer of a text, the illustrator in respect for illustrations and others responsible for the intellectual content of a work.
    Ex: These institutes brought together some of the most influential people in the field.
    Ex: Having entered the next state and a highway off the turnpike, he was amazed by the extraordinary flatness of the land, especially in contrast to the hilly terrain he had grown up with back home.
    Ex: However, out of the enormous abundance of information produced, only 50% is new while the rest is redundant.
    Ex: From the analysis of some 5760 questions, Wilkinson and Miller developed a 'step approach' to differentiate reference questions according to how many judgmental steps were required to answer them.
    Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    * abogado de oficio = legal aid.
    * actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.
    * alabanza de boquilla = lip service.
    * alabar de boquilla = give + lip service.
    * autorizado de antemano = pre-authorised [pre-authorized, -USA].
    * cambiar de una vez a otra = change from + time to time, vary + from time to time.
    * comenzar de nuevo = start + all over again.
    * de... a = through.
    * de abajo hacia arriba = bottom-up.
    * de abolengo = well-born.
    * de abordo = in-flight.
    * de absorción = absorptive.
    * de acá para allá = back and forth, to and fro.
    * de acceso público = publicly accessible.
    * de acceso rápido = fast-access.
    * de acceso restringido = closed access.
    * de acción = action-centered.
    * de acompañante = in tow.
    * de actitud = attitudinal.
    * de actuación = for action.
    * de actualidad = topical.
    * de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.
    * de acuerdo a = according to.
    * de acuerdo con = according to, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, in + Posesivo + view, judging from.
    * de acuerdo con el tema = thematically.
    * de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.
    * de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.
    * de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.
    * de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.
    * de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.
    * de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.
    * de acuerdo con + Nombre = going on + Nombre.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.
    * de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + opinion, in + Posesivo + opinion.
    * de adaptación = adaptive.
    * de †frica = African.
    * de Africa occidental = West African.
    * de agua = water-based.
    * de aguas profundas = deep-sea.
    * de ahí = therefrom.
    * de ahí que = hence.
    * de ahora en adelante = from now on, from this point on.
    * de Alaska = Alaskan.
    * de Albania = Albanian.
    * de alcance estatal = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcance nacional = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * de alcohol = spirit-based.
    * de alguna forma = in one way or another, one way or another.
    * de alguna manera = in some sense, in some way, somehow, in any sense, some way.
    * de alguna otra forma = in any other way.
    * de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.
    * de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.
    * de algún modo u otro = of some sort.
    * de algún tiempo a esta parte = for some time now.
    * de algún tipo = of some description.
    * de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.
    * de alta alcurnia = well-born.
    * de alta cuna = well-born.
    * de alta densidad = high-density.
    * de alta energía = high energy.
    * de alta fidelidad = hi-fi.
    * de alta mar = offshore, sea-going, ocean-going.
    * de alta potencia = high power.
    * de alta presión = high-pressured, high-pressure.
    * de alta productividad = high-performance.
    * de alta resistencia = heavy-duty.
    * de alta tecnología = high-tech, high-technology.
    * de alta tensión = heavy-current.
    * de alta velocidad = high-speed.
    * de alto abolengo = well-born.
    * de alto ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de alto nivel = of a high order, high level [high-level], high-powered.
    * de alto rango = high-ranking, highly placed.
    * de alto rendimiento = high-performance, heavy-duty.
    * de altos vuelos = high-flying, high-powered.
    * de alto voltaje = high-voltage.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * de aluvión = alluvial.
    * de ámbito estatal = statewide [state-wide].
    * de amplio alcance = broad in scope.
    * de antaño = of old, age-old, old-time, of yore, of olden days, of yesteryear, bygone, gone by.
    * de antemano = in advance (of), beforehand.
    * de antes de la guerra = pre-war [prewar].
    * de antigua generación = low-end.
    * de antiguo = from time immemorial.
    * de apariencia = cosmetic.
    * de apariencia engañosa = meretricious.
    * de aplicación específica = special-purpose.
    * de aplicación específica a un equipo de ordenador = hardware-based.
    * de aplicación general = general-purpose, of general application.
    * de apoyo = enabling, supportive.
    * de aprovechamiento = exploitative.
    * de aquel entonces = of that day.
    * de aquí para allá = back and forth.
    * de aquí te espero = tremendous, enormous, humongous [humungous], gianormous.
    * de Arabia Saudí = Saudi Arabian.
    * de archivo = archival, archive.
    * de armas tomar = redoubtable.
    * de arranque = bootable.
    * de arriba abajo = from top to bottom, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de arriba hacia abajo = top-down.
    * de ascendencia + Adjetivo = of + Adjetivo + descent.
    * de asesoramiento = consultative.
    * de aspecto = looking.
    * de aspecto antiguo = old-face.
    * de aspecto complicado = complicated-looking.
    * de aspecto delgado = lean-looking.
    * de aspecto digno = dignified.
    * de aspecto impresionante = impressive-looking.
    * de aspecto nuevo = new-looking.
    * de aspecto poco profesional = botched-up.
    * de aspecto profesional = professional-looking.
    * de aspecto ruinoso = run-down.
    * de aspecto solemne = dignified.
    * de atención básica = preattentive.
    * de atención primaria = preattentive.
    * de atrás = rear.
    * de atrás para adelante = back and forth.
    * de aupa = royal.
    * de autodesprecio = self-deprecating.
    * de autogestión = self-managing.
    * de autoprotección = self-protective.
    * de autosuficiencia = self-satisfied.
    * de baja calidad = poor in detail, low-grade [lowgrade], low-quality, third rate [third-rate], low-end, trashy [trashier -comp., trashiest -sup.].
    * de baja intensidad = low-intensity [low intensity].
    * de baja ralea = ignoble.
    * de bajísima calidad = shoddy.
    * de bajo consumo = low energy.
    * de bajo contenido en grasas = low fat.
    * de bajo crecimiento = low-growing.
    * de bajo nivel = lower-level, low-level.
    * de bajo precio = low-priced.
    * de bajo riesgo = low-risk.
    * de balde = for free.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de base popular = grassroots [grass-roots].
    * de bienvenida = salutatory.
    * de boca en boca = word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * de bodas = bridal.
    * de Boole = Boolean.
    * de bote en bote = packed to capacity, choc-a-block, chock-full, densely packed, packed, packed to the rafters.
    * de broma = humorously, teasingly.
    * de bronce = brass.
    * de buena calidad = good-quality.
    * de buena disposición = good-natured.
    * de buena fama = of good repute.
    * de buena fe = bona fide, in good faith.
    * de buena manera = good-humouredly, good-humoured.
    * de buena reputación = of good repute.
    * de buenas = on good terms.
    * de buenas a primeras = right off the bat, suddenly, without warning, all of a sudden, just like that.
    * de buena vecindad = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buena voluntad = in good faith.
    * de buen corazón = kind-hearted, good-hearted, big-hearted.
    * de buen grado = willing, good-humouredly, good-humoured, good-naturedly.
    * de buen gusto = tasteful.
    * de buen humor = good-humouredly, good-humoured, in good humour.
    * de buenos modales = well-mannered.
    * de buen vecino = neighbourly [neighborly, -USA].
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * de bulla y corriendo = in a rush.
    * de caballo = huge, humongous [humungous], massive, gianormous.
    * de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.
    * de cachondeo = teasingly.
    * de cada día = day to day [day-to-day].
    * de cada + Número + veces + Número = Número + times out of + Número.
    * de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.
    * de cajón = no-brainer.
    * de calidad = authoritative, qualitative, quality, well-made, high-end, quality assured, value-added.
    * de calidad inferior = low-grade [lowgrade], substandard [sub-standard], low-end.
    * de calidad superior = best-quality, top quality.
    * de camino = on the way, while we're at it.
    * de camino a = en route for, on + Posesivo + way to, en route to.
    * de campo = free-range.
    * de campos fijos = fixed-field.
    * de campus = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * de capa caída = at a low ebb, in (the) doldrums.
    * de capa y espada = cloak-and-dagger.
    * de capital importancia = momentous, of cardinal importance.
    * de cara a = face-to-face [face to face], facing.
    * de carácter = in character.
    * de carácter público = state-owned, government-owned, state-run, government-run, publicly owned [publicly-owned], publicly supported, publicly held.
    * de carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * de carne y hueso = flesh-and-blood.
    * de castigo = punitive.
    * de casualidad = by accident, by a fluke, by chance, accidentally, by a stroke of (good) luck, by luck.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * de cerámica = ceramic.
    * de cerca = at close range, at close quarters.
    * de chiripa = by a fluke, by a stroke of (good) luck, by chance, by luck.
    * de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.
    * de cinco años = five yearly [five-yearly].
    * de cinco días de duración = five-day.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cinco meses de duración = five-month-long.
    * de civil = in plain clothes.
    * de clasificación = classificatory.
    * de clausura = cloistered.
    * de clausura de congreso = end-of-conference.
    * de cobre = cupric.
    * de cojones = badass.
    * de colegas = collegial, buddying.
    * de Colombia = Colombian.
    * de color = coloured [colored, -USA], non-white [nonwhite], full-colour, in colour.
    * de color crema = creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], creamy [creamier -comp., creamiest -sup.], cream-coloured.
    * de color de bronce = brassy.
    * de colores = full-colour, multi-colour [multi-color -USA].
    * de colores vivos = colourful [colorful, -USA].
    * de colorines = brightly coloured.
    * de color marroncillo = brownish tinged.
    * de color rojo = red-coloured.
    * de color rosa = rose-coloured.
    * de color verde botella = bottle green.
    * de color verde oscuro = bottle green.
    * de color y textura parecidos al carbón = carbonaceous.
    * de comienzos de + Expresión Temporal = earliest + Expresión Temporal.
    * de cómo = as to how.
    * de compañeros = collegial.
    * de complicidad = knowing.
    * de comportamiento = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de comportamiento impecable = prim and proper.
    * de conceptos = concept-based.
    * de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept.
    * de conducta = behavioural [behavioral, -USA].
    * de confianza = reliable, trusted, trusting, reputable.
    * de confirmación = confirmatory.
    * de conformidad con = in compliance with, in keeping with.
    * de conformidad con eso = accordingly.
    * de conífera = coniferous.
    * de construcción básica = brick and frame.
    * de construcción sólida = solidly-built.
    * de consulta fácil = scannable.
    * de consulta mediante órdenes = command-based.
    * de consumo = consumptive.
    * de contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * de contrabando = bootleg.
    * de contrapunto = contrapuntal.
    * de Corea = Korean.
    * de Corea del Sur = South Korean.
    * de corral = free-range.
    * de corta duración = short term [short-term].
    * de corte + Adjetivo = of a + Adjetivo + nature.
    * de cosecha propia = home-grown [home grown/homegrown].
    * de costa a costa = coast-to-coast.
    * de coste cero = zero-cost.
    * de costumbre = usual, usually.
    * de creación = authorial.
    * de crecimiento continuo = steadily growing.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de crecimiento rápido = fast-growing, fast-evolving.
    * de cría intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de crianza intensiva = battery-caged.
    * de Crimea = Crimean.
    * de cristal = glass.
    * de crucial importancia = crucially important.
    * de cualquier forma = in any event, in any way [in anyway], in any case, in any way at all.
    * de cualquier forma posible = in any and all ways.
    * de cualquier manera = anyhow, higgledy-piggledy, willy-nilly, in any way at all, in any way [in anyway].
    * de cualquier modo = however, either way.
    * de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.
    * de cuando en cuando = every once in a while, every so often, every now and then, every now and again.
    * de cuatro días de duración = four-day.
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * de Cuba = Cuban.
    * de cuerpo largo = long-bodied.
    * de deficiente calidad = poor-quality, of poor quality.
    * de delante hacia atrás = front to back, fore and aft.
    * de densidad doble = double-density.
    * de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.
    * de derechas = right-wing.
    * de derecho = de jure [iure].
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de desarrollo = developmental.
    * de desarrollo autónomo = self-evolving.
    * de desarrollo rápido = fast-evolving.
    * de descargo = exonerating, exculpatory.
    * de desconexión = cut-off.
    * de descubrimiento reciente = newly-discovered.
    * de desecho = discarded.
    * de desempate = tie-breaker [tiebreaker], tie-breaking [tiebreaking].
    * de desguace = written-off.
    * de despedida = valedictory.
    * de día = in the daytime, during the daytime, during daytime.
    * de día a día = from day to day.
    * de diámetro = in diameter.
    * de diario = everyday.
    * de día y de noche = day and night, night and day.
    * de diesel = diesel-powered.
    * de diferente modo = differently.
    * de diferentes niveles = multi-tiered [multitiered], multi-tier [multitier].
    * de diferentes tonalidades de gris = grey scale [gray scale].
    * de difícil solución = intractable.
    * de dinero = well-to-do, well-off.
    * de dirección = directorial, administrative.
    * de diseño abierto = open-plan, open-planned.
    * de diversa índole = kaleidoscopic, of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.
    * de doble filo = double-edged.
    * de doble hoja = double-hinged.
    * de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.
    * de doble uso = dual-use.
    * de dolor = in pain.
    * de dominio público = publicly owned [publicly-owned].
    * de donde = whence, whence, from whence.
    * ¿de dónde si no...? = where else...?, where else...?.
    * de dos caras = two-sided, two-faced.
    * de dos días de duración = two-day [2-day].
    * de dos en dos = two at a time.
    * de dos letras = two-letter.
    * de dos niveles = two-tier.
    * de dos páginas = two-page.
    * de dos partidos políticos = bipartisan [bi-partisan].
    * de dos patas = two-legged.
    * de dos piernas = two-legged.
    * de dos pies = two-legged.
    * de dos plantas = two-storey [two-story].
    * de dos tonalidades = bitonal.
    * de dos tonos = bitonal.
    * de dos volúmenes = two-volume.
    * de duelo = in mourning.
    * de duración limitada = timebound [time-bound].
    * de Ecuador = Ecuadorian.
    * de edad = elderly.
    * de edad avanzada = over the hill.
    * de edad escolar = school-age.
    * de edad mediana = middle-aged.
    * de edad universitaria = college-age.
    * de elaboración de políticas = policy-forming.
    * de ello = thereof, therefrom.
    * de ellos = theirs.
    * de embalsamar = embalming.
    * de emisor a receptor = downstream.
    * de encaje = lacy.
    * de enmienda = amendatory.
    * de ensueño = dream-like [dreamlike], picture-perfect.
    * de entonces = of the day.
    * de entreguerras = interwar.
    * de entre los nuestros = in our ranks.
    * de entretenimiento = recreational.
    * de envergadura = heavy lifting.
    * de época = vintage.
    * de epopeya = epic.
    * de esa época = of the period.
    * de escándalo = outrageous.
    * de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.
    * de eso = thereof.
    * de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.
    * de especial importancia = of particular note.
    * de espíritu cívico = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu comunitario = public-spirited.
    * de espíritu libre = free-spirited.
    * de esta forma = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this fashion, in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = accordingly, by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.
    * de este modo, de esta forma, de esta manera = in this way.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de Estonia = Estonian.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * de estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * de Europa Occidental = Western-European, West European.
    * de evaluación = evaluative.
    * de éxito = successful.
    * de éxito asegurado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito garantizado = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de éxito seguro = sure-fire [surefire].
    * de expansión = expanded.
    * de explotación = exploitative.
    * de extensión = in length.
    * de extensión normal = standard-length.
    * de extremada urgencia = serious.
    * de fabricación casera = homemade.
    * de fácil acceso = easily available, over the counter, handy.
    * de fácil alcance para = within easy reach of.
    * de fácil manejo = liftable.
    * de facto = de facto.
    * de fama = of note.
    * de fama internacional = of international renown.
    * de fama mundial = world-renowned, internationally renowned, world-renown.
    * de felpa = plush.
    * de fiar = legit.
    * de fichas = card-based.
    * de fijación de normas = standard(s) setting.
    * de final de año = end-year.
    * de final de mes = end-of-the-month.
    * de finales del siglo XIX y principios del XX = turn-of-the-century.
    * de fin de año = end of the year.
    * de fin de milenio = millennial.
    * de forma = in form.
    * de forma abrumadora = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma aceptable = adequately, acceptably.
    * de forma adecuada = adequately, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma alternada = in alternating fashion.
    * de forma alternativa = alternatively.
    * de forma anónima = anonymously.
    * de forma aplastante = overwhelmingly.
    * de forma apreciable = markedly.
    * de forma apropiada = properly, fitly, appropriately.
    * de forma audible = audibly.
    * de forma autónoma = autonomously.
    * de forma caprichosa = capriciously.
    * de formación = formative.
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * de forma cognitiva = cognitively.
    * de forma colegiada = collegially.
    * de forma combinada = in combination.
    * de forma competitiva = competitively.
    * de forma complemenetaria = complimentarily.
    * de forma completa = in full.
    * de forma completa, en su totalidad, completamente, por extenso = in full.
    * de forma concisa = concisely.
    * de forma conjunta con = in partnership with.
    * de forma considerable = considerably.
    * de forma continuada = continuously.
    * de forma cuadrada = squarish, square-shaped.
    * de forma deductiva = deductively.
    * de forma desastrosa = disastrously.
    * de forma deshonesta = dishonestly.
    * de forma diferente = differently shaped.
    * de forma digital = digitally.
    * de forma divertida = funnily.
    * de forma económica = cost-effectively.
    * de forma errática = erratically.
    * de forma escandalosa = outrageously.
    * de forma especulativa = speculatively.
    * de forma estructurada = in a structured fashion.
    * de forma exquisita = exquisitely.
    * de forma extraña = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma federal = federally.
    * de forma general = widely, bulk.
    * de forma global = holistically.
    * de forma graciosa = funnily.
    * de forma gratis = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma gratuita = on a complimentary basis.
    * de forma grotesca = grotesquely.
    * de forma heterogénea = heterogeneously [heterogenously].
    * de forma heurística = heuristically.
    * de forma humorística = in a humorous vein.
    * de forma imaginativa = imaginatively.
    * de forma indirecta = circuitous route.
    * de forma inesperada = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.
    * de forma innata = innately.
    * de forma irregular = erratically.
    * de forma lamentable = miserably.
    * de forma lógica = in a meaningful way.
    * de forma mágica = magically.
    * de forma mecánica = mechanically.
    * de forma mordaz = pungently.
    * de forma mordaz, mordazmente, con sarcasmo = pungently.
    * de forma muy parecida a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.
    * de forma negativa = in a negative light.
    * de forma neutral = neutrally.
    * de forma notoria = markedly.
    * de forma opcional = optionally.
    * de forma óptima = optimally.
    * de forma personalizada = on a one-to-one basis.
    * de forma poco ética = unethically.
    * de forma poco imaginativa = unimaginatively.
    * de forma poco profesional = unprofessionally.
    * de forma poco razonable = unreasonably.
    * de forma positiva = in a positive light, constructively.
    * de forma práctica = pragmatically.
    * de forma precisa = precisely.
    * de forma provocativa = provocatively.
    * de forma puntual = occasionally, when necessary.
    * de forma que = in ways that.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de forma rara = oddly, funnily.
    * de forma recíproca = reciprocally.
    * de forma rentable = cost-effectively.
    * de forma residual = residually.
    * de forma ridícula = grotesquely.
    * de forma saludable = healthily.
    * de forma sana = healthily.
    * de forma significativa = to any significant extent, to a significant extent.
    * de forma sistemática = in a systematic fashion.
    * de forma sofisticada = sophisticatedly.
    * de forma subconsciente = subconsciously.
    * de forma sublime = subliminally.
    * de forma suscinta = in brief.
    * de forma terapéutica = therapeutically.
    * de forma tosca = in crude form.
    * de forma trágica = tragically.
    * de fotograma completo = full-frame.
    * de fotograma doble = half-frame.
    * de frente = head-on, frontal.
    * de fuera = outside, off-side.
    * de fuera de la ciudad = out-of-town.
    * de fuerza = forceful.
    * de funcionamiento = operating, operational.
    * de fundamental importancia = of prime importance, critically important.
    * de gala = gala.
    * de Galileo = Galilean.
    * de Gambia = Gambian.
    * de gas = gas-powered.
    * de generación a generación = from generation to generation.
    * de generación en generación = from generation to generation.
    * de geofísica = geophysical.
    * de gestión = managerial, back-office.
    * de gestión del museo = curatorial.
    * de Glasgow = Glaswegian.
    * de golpe = in one lump, all at once, all at once.
    * de grado básico = junior grade.
    * de gran ahorro energético = energy-saving.
    * de gran belleza = scenic.
    * de gran calibre = high-calibre.
    * de gran calidad = high-quality, high-grade [high grade], high-calibre.
    * de gran capacidad = large-capacity, high capacity.
    * de gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * de gran corazón = big-hearted.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * de gran éxito comercial = high selling.
    * de gran formato = oversized, oversize.
    * de gran impacto = high impact [high-impact].
    * de gran influencia = seminal.
    * de granja = free-range.
    * de gran lucidez = clear-sighted.
    * de gran lujo = top-class.
    * de gran potencia = high-powered.
    * de gran repercusión = far-reaching, wide-reaching, far-ranging.
    * de gran talento = talented.
    * de gran valor = highly valued, highly valuable.
    * de gran valor histórico = of great historical value.
    * de gran venta = high selling.
    * de guardia = on duty, duty + Profesión, on call.
    * de guasa = teasingly.
    * de habla afrikaans = Afrikaans-speaking.
    * de habla alemana = German-speaking.
    * de habla francesa = French-speaking.
    * de habla inglesa = English-speaking.
    * de habla portuguesa = Portuguese-speaking.
    * de hace años = of years ago.
    * de hace muchos años = long-standing.
    * de hace mucho tiempo = age-old, long-lost.
    * de hace siglos = of yore.
    * de hace varios siglos = centuries-old.
    * de hasta + Número = of up to + Número.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * de hierbas = herbal.
    * de hierro = iron, ferric.
    * de higos a brevas = once in a blue moon.
    * de hoja caduca = deciduous.
    * de hoja perenne = evergreen.
    * de hojas largas = long-leaved.
    * de Homero = Homeric.
    * de hongos = fungal.
    * de horticultura = horticultural.
    * de hoy = present-day.
    * de hoy día = of today.
    * de hoy en adelante = as from today.
    * de hoy en día = of today.
    * de huelga = striking.
    * de humor = funny [funnier -comp., funniest -sup.].
    * de ida y vuelta = return, round-trip.
    * de ideas afines = like-minded.
    * de igual a igual = as a peer.
    * de igual forma = in like manner, in a like manner, in like fashion, in like vein.
    * de igual longitud = of equal length.
    * de igual manera = by the same token, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein, in equal measure(s).
    * de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like manner, in like vein.
    * de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).
    * de igual + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * de ilusiones vive el hombre = We are such stuff as dreams are made on.
    * de imitación = copycat.
    * de importancia = of note, of consequence.
    * de importancia creciente = of growing importance.
    * de importancia crucial = crucially important.
    * de importancia fundamental = critically important.
    * de improviso = unawares, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, unexpectedly.
    * de incalculable valor = priceless.
    * de incógnito = incognito.
    * de inferior calidad = low-end, sub-par.
    * de inflexión = inflexional [inflectional].
    * de inmediato = immediately.
    * de inspiración = inspirational.
    * de interés especial = of particular concern, special-interest.
    * de intereses similares = of like interest.
    * de interés general = general-interest, of general interest.
    * de interés humano = human interest.
    * de interés periodístico = newsworthy.
    * de investigación = exploratory.
    * de isótopos = isotopic.
    * de izquierdas = left-wing, leftist, lefty.
    * de jabón = soapy [soapier -comp., soapiest -sup.].
    * de jarana = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de juerga = out on the town, a (late) night out on the town.
    * de Kenia = Kenyan.
    * de la "a" a la "zeta" = a to z [a/z o a-z].
    * de la adolescencia = teenage.
    * de la alcaldía = mayoral.
    * de la cabeza a los pies = from head to foot, from head to toe.
    * de la cara = facial.
    * de la Ceca a la Meca = from pillar to post.
    * de la clase blanca, protestante y anglosajona americana = WASPish.
    * de la cóclea = cochlear.
    * de la columna vertebral = spinal.
    * de la comedia = comedic.
    * de la corteza = crustal, cortical.
    * de la cría de aves = avicultural.
    * de la duramadre = dural.
    * de la edad media = dark-age.
    * de la embajada = ambassadorial.
    * de la época = of the time(s), of the day.
    * de la época isabelina = Elizabethan.
    * de la época victoriana = Victorian.
    * de la espina dorsal = spinal.
    * de la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * de la fama al olvido = riches to rags.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de la fortuna a la pobreza = riches to rags.
    * de la fóvea = foveal.
    * de la gama alta = high-end.
    * de la gama baja = low-end.
    * de la gama inferior = low-end.
    * de la guerra = wartime [wart-time].
    * de la hipótesis = hypothesised [hypothesized, -USA].
    * de la localidad = locally based [locally-based].
    * de la malaria = malarial.
    * de la mama = mammary.
    * de la mandíbula inferior = mandibular.
    * de la mandíbula superior = maxillar, maxillary.
    * de la manera normal = in the normal manner.
    * de la mañana = a.m. (latín - ante meridiam), in the morning.
    * de la máquina y el hombre = human-machine.
    * de la marina = marine.
    * de la mejor forma posible = to the best of + Posesivo + abili

    * * *
    de1
    A
    (en relaciones de pertenencia, posesión): la casa de mi hermano/de mis padres/de la actriz my brother's/my parents'/the actress's house
    el rey de Francia the king of France
    el cumpleaños de Luis Luis's birthday
    el cumpleaños de la esposa de un compañero a colleague's wife's birthday, the birthday of the wife of one of my colleagues
    no es de él/de ella/de ellos it isn't his/hers/theirs
    su padre de usted ( frml); your father
    un amigo de mi hijo a friend of my son's
    es un amigo de la familia he's a friend of the family o a family friend
    un estudiante de quinto año a fifth-year student
    el nieto de los Arteaga the Arteagas' grandson
    la mesa de la cocina the kitchen table
    la correa del perro the dog's leash
    un avión de Mexair a Mexair plane
    la tapa de la cacerola the saucepan lid
    las calles de la capital the streets of the capital, the capital's streets
    la subida de los precios the rise in prices
    al término de la reunión at the end of the meeting
    B
    la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima
    el aeropuerto de Barajas Barajas airport
    el mes de enero the month of January
    el imbécil de tu hermano that stupid brother of yours, your stupid brother
    el bueno de Ricardo le aguanta cualquier cosa Ricardo is so good, he puts up with anything from her
    2
    (en exclamaciones): ¡pobre de él! poor him!
    ¡triste de quien no conozca ese sentimiento! ( liter); pity the person who has never experienced that feeling! ( liter)
    C
    (con apellidos): Sra. Mónica Ortiz de Arocena ≈ Mrs Mónica Arocena
    los señores de Rucabado ( frml); Mr and Mrs Rucabado
    D
    ( Arg crit) (a casa de): voy del médico I'm going to the doctor's
    A
    1
    (expresando procedencia, origen): volvía de clase/del banco I was on my way back from my class/from the bank
    es de Bogotá she's from Bogotá, she comes from Bogotá
    lo saqué de la biblioteca I got it out of the library
    lo recogió del suelo she picked it up off the floor
    mis amigos de América my American friends, my friends from America
    he recibido carta de Julia I've had a letter from Julia
    un hijo de su primera mujer a son by his first wife
    al salir de la tienda as he left the store
    DE … A …:
    de aquí a tu casa from here to your house
    un amigo de la infancia a childhood friend
    data del siglo XVII it dates from the 17th century
    la literatura de ese período the literature of o from that period
    lo conozco de cuando estuve en Rosales I know him from when I was in Rosales
    de un día para otro from one day to the next
    DE … A …:
    está abierto de nueve a cinco it's open from nine to five o between nine and five
    de aquí a que termine tenemos para rato it'll be a while yet before he finishes, he won't be finished for a while yet
    B
    (expresando causa): murió de viejo he died of old age
    verde de envidia green with envy
    estaba ronco de tanto gritar he was hoarse from shouting so much
    eso es de comer tan poco that's what comes from o of eating so little
    A
    (introduciendo cualidades, características): es de una paciencia increíble he is incredibly patient, he is a man of incredible patience
    un chiste de muy mal gusto a joke in very bad taste
    objetos de mucho valor objects of great value
    un pez de agua dulce a freshwater fish
    ¿de qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?
    tiene cara de aburrido he looks bored
    ese gesto es muy de su madre that gesture is very reminiscent of his mother
    tienes cosas de niño malcriado sometimes you act like a spoiled child
    una botella de un litro a liter bottle
    un niño de tres meses a three-month-old child
    déme de las de 200 pesos el kilo give me some of those o some of the ones at 200 pesos a kilo
    la chica del abrigo rojo the girl with o in the red coat
    la señora de azul the lady in blue
    un hombre de pelo largo a man with long hair
    un anciano de bastón an old man with a stick [de is part of many compounds like cinturón de seguridad, hombre de negocios, válvula de escape, etc ]
    B
    (al especificar material, contenido, composición): una mesa de caoba a mahogany table
    una inyección de morfina an injection of morphine, a morphine injection
    el complemento ideal de todo plato de pescado the ideal complement to any fish dish
    son de plástico they're (made of) plastic
    un curso de secretariado a secretarial course
    nos sirvió una copa de champán she gave us a glass of champagne
    una colección de sellos a stamp collection, a collection of stamps
    un millón de dólares a million dollars
    C
    (con sentido ponderativo): ¡lo encontré de viejo …! he seemed so old!
    ¡qué de coches! ( fam); what a lot of cars!
    D
    (al definir, especificar): tuvo la suerte de conseguirlo she was lucky enough to get it
    aprieta el botón de abajo press the bottom button
    E
    1
    (con cifras): el número de estudiantes es de 480 the number of students is 480, there are 480 students
    pagan un interés del 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%
    cuesta más de £100 it costs more than o over £100
    pesa menos de un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo
    un número mayor/menor de 29 a number over/under 29
    3
    (en expresiones de modo): lo tumbó de un golpe he knocked him down with one blow
    subió los escalones de dos en dos he went up the stairs two at a time
    de a poco (CS); little by little, gradually
    4
    (CS): de a cuatro/ocho/diez: colócalos de a dos/cuatro put them in twos/fours
    entraron de a uno they went in one by one o one at a time [de is part of many expressions entered under frente2 m A 2. (↑ frente (2)), improviso, prisa etc]
    está de profesor en una academia he's working as a teacher in a private school
    le ofrecieron un puesto de redactor they offered him a job as an editor
    hace de enanito en la obra he plays (the part of) a dwarf in the play
    le habló de hombre a hombre he talked to him man to man
    G
    1
    (limitando lo expresado a determinado aspecto): es muy bonita de cara she has a pretty face
    es corto de talle/ancho de hombros he's short-waisted/broad-shouldered
    es sorda de un oído she's deaf in one ear
    ¿qué tal vamos de tiempo? how are we doing for time?
    tiene dos metros de ancho it's two meters wide
    2
    (refiriéndose a una etapa de la vida): de niño as a child, when he was a child
    H
    (en expresiones de estado, actividad): estaba de mal humor she was in a bad mood
    I
    (indicando uso, destino, finalidad): el cepillo de la ropa the clothes brush
    el trapo de limpiar la plata the cloth for cleaning the silver
    lo sirvió en copas de champán he served it in champagne glasses
    dales algo de comer give them something to eat
    ¿qué hay de postre? what's for dessert? [de is part of many compounds like cuchara de servir, máquina de coser, saco de dormir, etc]
    una novela de Goytisolo a novel by Goytisolo, a Goytisolo novel
    seguidos del resto de la familia followed by the rest of the family
    una casa rodeada de árboles a house surrounded by trees
    viene acompañado de arroz it is served with rice
    acompañado de su señora esposa ( frml); accompanied by his wife
    A
    ¿quién de ustedes fue? which (one) of you was it?
    se llevó uno de los míos she took one of mine
    el mayor de los Rodríguez the eldest of the Rodríguez children
    un cigarrillo de ésos que apestan one of those cigarettes that stink
    2
    (con un superlativo): eligió el más caro de todos she chose the most expensive one of all
    la ciudad más grande del mundo the biggest city in the world
    B
    (refiriéndose a una parte del día): a las once de la mañana/de la noche at eleven in the morning/at night
    duerme de día y trabaja de noche she sleeps during the day and works at night
    salieron de madrugada they left very early in the morning
    ver tb mañana3 f A. (↑ mañana (3)), tarde2 (↑ tarde (2)), etc
    A DE + INF:
    de haberlo sabido, habría venido antes if I had known, I would have come earlier o had I known, I would have come earlier
    de no ser así no será considerada otherwise it will not be considered
    de continuar este estado de cosas if this state of affairs persists
    B SER DE + INF
    (expresando necesidad, inevitabilidad): es de esperar que … it is to be hoped that …, one hopes that …
    no son de fiar they are not to be trusted
    es de destacar la actuación de Marta Valverde Marta Valverde's performance is worthy of note
    C
    de no ( AmL); if not
    de2
    * * *

    Del verbo dar: ( conjugate dar)

    es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    dar    
    de    

    dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
    1


    déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
    See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
    b)cartas/mano to give

    2
    a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna to give;


    b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza to give;

    información/idea to give
    3
    a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma to give

    b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz to give

    c)sedante/masaje to give

    4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso to give;

    nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
    5
    a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón to give;

    ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

    dales saludos give/send them my regards;
    tuve que déle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
    b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;


    1
    a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor to bear;

    dividendos to pay;

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

    da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

    venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
    ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
    2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto to give;
    problemas to cause;

    el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
    1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto to give;
    ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
    2
    a)fiesta/conferencia to give;

    baile/banquete to hold;
    discurso› (AmL) to make
    b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

    ver tb clase 4
    ( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito to give;

    dame un beso give me a kiss;
    ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
    ( considerar) dé algo/a algn por algo:

    ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
    ¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
    verbo intransitivo
    1


    [ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
    [fachada/frente] to face
    2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dé para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;

    dé de sí ‹zapatos/jersey to stretch
    3 ( arrojar un resultado):

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
    a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
    4 ( importar):

    ¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
    ¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
    me da igual I don't mind
    5 ( en naipes) to deal
    1
    a) (pegar, golpear): déle a algn to hit sb;

    ( como castigo) to smack sb;

    el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post


    2 (accionar, mover) déle a algo ‹a botón/tecla to press sth;
    a interruptor to flick sth;
    a manivela/volante to turn sth
    3


    soluciónto hit upon, find;
    palabra to come up with
    4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) déle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar to take to doing sth;
    le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

    5 [sol/luz]:

    la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
    darse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
    2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
    3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

    a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete to have;

    dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

    dárselas de listo to act smart
    b) (golpearse, pegarse):


    se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
    se dio dé un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
    ( considerarse) dése por algo:

    ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
    de 1 preposición
    1
    a) (pertenencia, posesión):


    el rey dé Francia the king of France;
    no es dé él it isn't his;
    es un amigo dé mi hijo he's a friend of my son's;
    un estudiante dé quinto año a fifth-year student;
    la tapa dé la cacerola the saucepan lid;
    un avión dé Mexair a Mexair plane


    el aeropuerto dé Barajas Barajas airport;
    el mes dé enero the month of January
    2
    a) (procedencia, origen, tiempo) from;

    es dé Bogotá she's/she comes from Bogotá;

    una carta dé Julia a letter from Julia;
    un amigo dé la infancia a childhood friend;
    la literatura dé ese período the literature of o from that period;
    dé aquí a tu casa from here to your house
    b) (material, contenido, composición):


    una mesa dé caoba a mahogany table;
    un vaso dé agua a glass of water;
    un millón dé dólares a million dollars
    c) (causa, modo):


    dé tanto gritar from shouting so much;
    verde dé envidia green with envy;
    temblando dé miedo trembling with fear;
    dé memoria by heart;
    lo tumbó dé un golpe he knocked him down with one blow


    rodeada dé árboles surrounded by trees
    3
    a) (cualidades, características):


    objetos dé mucho valor objects of great value;
    ¿dé qué color lo quiere? what color do you want it?;
    tiene cara dé aburrido he looks bored;
    una botella dé un litro a liter bottle;
    la chica dé azul the girl in blue
    b) (al definir, especificar):


    tiene dos metros dé ancho it's two meters wide;
    es fácil de pronunciar it's easy to pronounce;
    uno dé los míos one of mine;
    el mayor dé los Soto the eldest of the Soto children
    4
    a) ( con cifras):

    pagan un interés dél 15% they pay 15% interest o interest at 15%


    más dé £100 more than o over £100;

    pesa menos dé un kilo it weighs less than o under a kilo;
    un número mayor/menor dé 29 a number over/under 29


    la ciudad más grande dél mundo the biggest city in the world

    dé día/noche during the day/at night;

    dé madrugada early in the morning
    5
    a) ( en calidad de) as;


    hace dé rey en la obra he plays (the part of) a king in the play
    b) (en expresiones de estado, actividad):


    estamos dé fiesta we're having a party
    c) (indicando uso, destino, finalidad):


    copas dé vino wine glasses;
    ropa dé cama bed clothes;
    dales algo dé comer give them something to eat;
    ¿qué hay dé postre? what's for dessert?
    6 ( con sentido condicional):

    dé no ser así otherwise
    de 2 sustantivo femenino: name of the letter d
    see
    dar

    dar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
    2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
    le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
    3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
    (un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
    dar las gracias, to thank
    4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
    5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
    6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
    (fruto, flores) to bear
    (beneficio, interés) to give, yield
    7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
    (un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
    le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
    8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
    9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
    (impartir clases) to teach
    (recibir una clase) to have
    US to take
    10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
    11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
    12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
    (del gas, agua) to turn on
    13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
    14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
    (un masaje, medicamento) to give
    15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
    ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
    dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
    16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
    17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
    dar un paseo, to go for a walk
    dar una voz, to give a shout
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
    2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
    (una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
    dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
    ♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
    le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
    dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
    dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
    dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
    dar que hablar, to set people talking
    dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
    dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
    de preposición
    1 (pertenencia, posesión) of
    la dirección de mis padres, my parents' address
    el teclado de este ordenador, this computer's keyboard
    la primera página del libro, the first page of the book
    2 (material) of: está hecho de madera, it's made of wood
    una pajarita de papel, a paper bird
    (contenido) un vaso de vino, a glass of wine
    3 (asunto) about, on: sabe mucho de economía, she knows a lot about economics
    un curso de inglés, an English course
    un libro de arte, a book on art
    4 (oficio) as: está/trabaja de enfermera, she is working as a nurse
    5 (cualidad) una persona de carácter, a person with character
    una rubia de pelo largo, a blonde with long hair
    6 (procedencia) from: es de Bilbao, he is o comes from Bilbao
    de Madrid a Cáceres, from Madrid to Cáceres
    7 (parte) un poco de leche, a little milk
    un trozo de carne, a piece of meat
    8 (causa) with, because of
    llorar de alegría, to cry with joy
    morir de hambre, to die of hunger
    9 (modo) lo bebió de un trago, she downed it in one
    un gesto de satisfacción, an expression of satisfaction
    10 (localización) el señor de la camisa azul, the man in the blue shirt
    la casa de la esquina, the house on the corner
    11 (tiempo) a las cinco de la mañana, at five in the morning
    de año en año, year in year out
    de día, by day
    de noche, at night
    de miércoles a viernes, from Wednesday to Friday
    de pequeño, as a child
    12 (finalidad) jornada de reflexión, eve of polling day
    libro de consulta, reference book
    máquina de escribir, typewriter
    13 (instrumento) derribó la puerta de una patada, he kicked the door down
    lo mataron de una puñalada, he was stabbed to death
    14 (comparación) el discurso fue más largo de lo esperado, the speech was longer than expected
    (con superlativo) in
    el coche más caro del mundo, the most expensive car in the world
    15 (precio) for
    un pantalón de dos mil pesetas, a pair of trousers costing two thousand pesetas 16 una avenida de quince kilómetros, an avenue fifteen kilometres long
    una botella de litro, a litre bottle
    17 (condicional) de haberlo sabido no le hubiera invitado, if I had known I wouldn't have invited him
    de no ser así, if that wasn't o weren't the case
    de ser cierto, if it was o were true
    18 (reiteración) de puerta en puerta, from door to door
    de tres en tres, in threes o three at a time

    '' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - a. C.
    - a.m.
    - abajo
    - abanderada
    - abanderado
    - abandonar
    - abandonarse
    - abandono
    - abanico
    - abarrotar
    - abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - abarrotería
    - abastecer
    - abastecerse
    - abastecimiento
    - abasto
    - abatir
    - abatimiento
    - abatirse
    - abdicar
    - abertura
    - abierta
    - abierto
    - abismo
    - ablandar
    - abogar
    - abogacía
    - abogada
    - abogado
    - abominar
    - abominable
    - abono
    - abortar
    - abrir
    - abridor
    - abrigo
    - abrupta
    - abrupto
    - absoluta
    - absolutamente
    - absoluto
    - abstenerse
    - abstención
    - abstinencia
    - abstraerse
    - abuelo
    - abuhardillada
    - abuhardillado
    English:
    A
    - A-level
    - a.m.
    - AA
    - abandon
    - ABC
    - ability
    - ablaze
    - aboard
    - about
    - about-face
    - about-turn
    - above
    - abreast
    - abroad
    - abrupt
    - absence
    - absent
    - absolve
    - absorb
    - abstain
    - abstract
    - abundance
    - abuse
    - AC
    - accepted
    - access road
    - accident
    - accidental
    - acclaim
    - accommodate
    - accommodation
    - accomplished
    - accomplishment
    - accordance
    - account
    - account for
    - accountable
    - accumulation
    - accuracy
    - accurate
    - accurately
    - accuse
    - accused
    - accusingly
    - accustom
    - ache
    - Achilles heel
    - aching
    - acid test
    * * *
    1. [posesión, pertenencia] of;
    el automóvil de mi padre/mis padres my father's/parents' car;
    es de ella it's hers;
    la maleta es de Eva the suitcase is Eva's o belongs to Eva;
    el padre de la niña the girl's father;
    el director de la empresa the manager of the company, the company's manager;
    la boda o [m5] el casamiento de un amigo de mi hermano the wedding of a friend of my brother's, a friend of my brother's wedding;
    un equipo de segunda división a second division team;
    la comida del gato the cat's food;
    el título de la novela the novel's title, the title of the novel;
    la pata de la mesa the table leg;
    una subida de precios a price rise;
    los señores de Navarro Mr and Mrs Navarro
    2. [procedencia, distancia] from;
    salir de casa to leave home;
    soy de Bilbao I'm from Bilbao;
    no soy de aquí I'm not from round here;
    de la playa al apartamento hay 100 metros it's 100 metres from the beach to the apartment;
    estamos a 10 kilómetros de Buenos Aires we're 10 kilometres away from Buenos Aires;
    el rey de España the king of Spain;
    tuvo dos hijos de su primera esposa he had two children by his first wife;
    b de Barcelona [deletreando] b for Barcelona
    3. [en razonamiento]
    de su sonrisa se deduce que todo ha ido bien you can tell from o by her smile that it all went well;
    del resultado del experimento concluyo que la fórmula no funciona I infer from the result of the experiment that the formula doesn't work
    4. [con nombre en aposición]
    la ciudad de Caracas the city of Caracas;
    el túnel del Canal the Channel Tunnel;
    el signo de tauro the sign of Taurus;
    el puerto de Cartagena the port of Cartagena
    5. [en descripciones]
    una película de terror a horror movie o Br film;
    la señora de verde the lady in green;
    el chico de la coleta the boy with the ponytail;
    una actriz de veinte años a twenty-year-old actress;
    ¿de qué tamaño? what size?;
    un político de fiar a trustworthy politician
    6. [materia] (made) of;
    un vaso de plástico a plastic cup;
    un reloj de oro a gold watch;
    una mesa de madera a wooden table
    7. [contenido]
    un vaso de agua a glass of water;
    un plato de lentejas a plate of lentils
    8. [precio]
    he comprado las peras de 80 céntimos el kilo I bought the pears that were 80 cents a kilo;
    un sello de 50 céntimos a 50-cent stamp
    9. [uso]
    una bici de carreras a racing bike;
    ropa de deporte sportswear;
    una máquina de coser a sewing machine;
    esta sartén es la del pescado y ésta la de las tortillas this frying pan's for fish and this one's for omelettes
    10. [asunto] about;
    hablábamos de ti we were talking about you;
    libros de historia history books
    11. [en calidad de] as;
    trabaja de bombero he works as a fireman;
    aparece de cosaco he appears as a Cossack, he plays a Cossack;
    estás muy guapa de uniforme you look very pretty in uniform;
    al desfile de carnaval iré de Napoleón I'll go as Napoleon in the carnival parade
    12. [tiempo] [desde] from;
    [durante] in;
    trabaja de nueve a cinco she works from nine to five;
    vivió en Bolivia de 1975 a 1983 she lived in Bolivia between 1975 and 1983, she lived in Bolivia from 1975 to 1983;
    de madrugada early in the morning;
    a las cuatro de la tarde at four in the afternoon;
    trabaja de noche y duerme de día he works at night and sleeps during the day;
    es de día it's daytime;
    de niño solía jugar en la calle as a child I used to play in the street;
    ¿qué quieres ser de mayor? what do you want to be when you grow up?;
    un compañero del colegio a friend from school;
    Urug
    de mañana/tarde in the morning/afternoon;
    Urug
    de noche at night;
    Urug
    ayer salimos de noche we went out last night
    13. [causa] with;
    morirse de hambre to die of hunger;
    llorar de alegría to cry with joy;
    temblar de miedo to tremble with fear;
    eso es de fumar tanto that's what comes from smoking so much
    14. [manera, modo] with;
    de una patada with a kick;
    rompió el cristal de una pedrada he shattered the window with a stone;
    de una sola vez in one go;
    lo bebió de un trago he drank it down in one go;
    de tres en tres/cuatro en cuatro/ etc[m5]. three/four/ etc at a time;
    CSur
    de a tres/cuatro/ etc[m5]. in threes/fours/ etc;
    de fácil manejo user-friendly;
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel down
    15. [con valor partitivo] of;
    uno de los nuestros one of ours;
    varios de nosotros several of us;
    ¿quién de vosotros sabe la respuesta? which of you knows the answer?
    16. Literario [sobre]
    de la paz y la guerra of war and peace
    17. [en valoración]
    lo tacharon de vulgar they branded him as vulgar, they accused him of being vulgar
    18. [en lugar de]
    yo de ti no lo haría I wouldn't do it if I were you;
    yo de Eduardo le pediría perdón if I were Eduardo, I'd say sorry to her
    19. [en comparaciones]
    más/menos de… more/less than…;
    [con superlativos]
    el mejor de todos the best of all;
    el más importante del mundo the most important in the world;
    la peor película del año the worst film this year o of the year;
    la impresora más moderna del mercado the most up-to-date printer on the market
    20. (antes de infinitivo) [condición] if;
    de querer ayudarme, lo haría if she wanted to help me, she'd do it;
    de no ser por ti, me hubiese hundido if it hadn't been for you, I wouldn't have made it;
    de ir a verte, sería este domingo if I do visit you, it'll be this Sunday
    21. (después de adjetivo y antes de sustantivo) [enfatiza cualidad]
    el idiota de tu hermano your stupid brother;
    la buena de Susana good old Susana;
    ¡pobre de mí! poor me!
    22. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo)
    es difícil de creer it's hard to believe;
    una velada imposible de olvidar an unforgettable evening
    23. (después del verbo “haber”) [obligación]
    he de trabajar más I have to work harder;
    has de gastar menos you should spend less
    24. (antes de complemento agente)
    una película de Buñuel a film by Buñuel, a Buñuel film;
    vino acompañado de su familia he was accompanied by his family
    25. (antes de adverbio de lugar)
    el apartamento de abajo the downstairs Br flat o US apartment;
    la fila de delante the front row
    de no loc conj
    Am otherwise;
    dime la verdad, de no te castigaré tell me the truth, otherwise I'm going to punish you
    * * *
    de
    prp
    1 origen from;
    de Nueva York from New York;
    de … a from … to
    2 posesión of;
    el coche de mi amigo my friend’s car
    3 material (made) of;
    un anillo de oro a gold ring
    4 contenido of;
    un vaso de agua a glass of water
    :
    una mujer de 20 años a 20 year old woman
    6 causa with;
    temblaba de miedo she was shaking with fear
    :
    de noche at night, by night;
    de día by day
    8 en calidad de as;
    trabajar de albañil work as a bricklayer;
    de niño as a child
    9 agente by;
    de Goya by Goya
    10 condición if;
    de haberlo sabido if I’d known
    :
    la ciudad de Lima the city of Lima
    * * *
    de prep
    1) : of
    la casa de Pepe: Pepe's house
    un niño de tres años: a three-year-old boy
    2) : from
    es de Managua: she's from Managua
    salió del edificio: he left the building
    3) : in, at
    a las tres de la mañana: at three in the morning
    salen de noche: they go out at night
    4) : than
    más de tres: more than three
    dar
    * * *
    de prep
    5. (materia, tema)
    6. (origen, procedencia) from
    7. (descripción) with / in
    8. (agente) by
    10. (con números, una parte) than / of

    Spanish-English dictionary > de

  • 17 vivo

    adj.
    1 live, alive, living, above-ground.
    2 lively, keen, alert, brisk.
    3 bright, shining, vivid.
    4 alive, passionate.
    f. & m.
    living person.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: vivir.
    * * *
    2 (fuego, llama) live, burning
    3 (lengua) living
    4 figurado (color etc) bright, vivid
    5 figurado (animado) lively, vivacious
    6 figurado (dolor, emoción, etc) acute, deep, intense
    7 figurado (descripción etc) lively, graphic
    8 figurado (carácter) quick, irritable
    9 figurado (listo) quick-witted
    10 figurado (astuto) shrewd, sly
    11 figurado (llaga, herida) open
    nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 living person
    2 familiar figurado (astuto) quick-witted person
    1 COSTURA trimming, border
    \
    a lo vivo vividly
    de viva voz verbally, by word of mouth
    en carne viva raw, red raw 2 figurado fresh
    al rojo vivo red-hot
    herir a alguien en lo más vivo / tocar a alguien en lo más vivo figurado to cut somebody to the quick
    ¿quién vive? MILITAR who goes there?
    ser el vivo retrato de / ser la viva imagen de familiar to be the spitting image of
    tener el genio vivo to be quick-tempered
    fuerzas vivas figurado driving forces
    ————————
    1 COSTURA trimming, border
    * * *
    (f. - viva)
    adj.
    * * *
    vivo, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) (=con vida)
    a) [persona, animal] (tras sustantivo) living; (tras verbo) alive

    se busca vivo o muerto — wanted, dead or alive

    b) [piel] raw

    me dio o hirió en lo más vivo — it cut me to the quick

    a lo vivo —

    cal, fuerza 5), lágrima, lengua 4)
    2) (TV, Radio)

    en vivo(=en directo) live; (=en persona) in person

    un espectáculo con música en vivo — a live music show, a show with live music

    ¿has visto en vivo a algún famoso? — have you ever seen anyone famous in the flesh?

    3) (=intenso) [descripción] vivid, graphic; [imaginación, mirada, ritmo] lively; [movimiento, paso] quick, lively; [color] bright; [sensación] acute; [genio] fiery; [ingenio] ready; [inteligencia] sharp, keen; [filo] sharp

    su recuerdo siempre seguirá vivo entre nosotros — her memory will always be with us, her memory will live on in our minds

    rojo 2., 1), voz 1)
    4) [persona] (=listo) clever; (=astuto) sharp; (=animado) lively
    2. SM/ F
    1) *
    (=aprovechado)

    es un vivohe's a clever one *, he's a sly one *

    2)
    3.
    SM (Cos) edging, border
    * * *
    I
    - va adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( con vida) alive

    a lo vivo — (fam) without anesthetic*

    en vivo<actuación/transmisión> live

    b) < lengua> living (before n)
    2)
    a) < persona> (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly; < descripción> vivid, graphic; <relato/imaginación> lively
    b) < color> bright, vivid; <llama/fuego> bright; <ojos/mirada> lively, bright
    c) <sentimiento/deseo> intense, strong

    en lo más vivo: me hirió en lo más vivo he cut me to the quick; me afectó en lo más vivo — it affected me very deeply

    3) (avispado, astuto) sharp

    no seas tan vivodon't try to be clever

    II
    - va masculino, femenino ( oportunista) sharp o smooth operator (colloq); ( aprovechado) freeloader
    * * *
    = alive, live, living, vivid, quickened, vibrant + Color, bright [brighter -comp., brightest -sup.], living and breathing, surviving, walking, land of the living, the, spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], shrewd [shrewder -comp., shrewdest -sup.].
    Ex. Armstrong Sperry's 'Call It Courage' is now some years old but still to my mind an attractive and alive book.
    Ex. By designing the floors to carry a superimposed live load of 6.5 kN/m2, it is easy to move bookshelves, reader places and other library functions to any part of the building.
    Ex. Few librarians have had both his dedication and ability to make the catalog a living tool serving all of the people.
    Ex. There are vivid examples of serious fires and other natural disasters occuring in libraries that cause incalculable financial and academic losses to society.
    Ex. For a storyteller preparation is like rehearsal for an orchestra; there will be passages that need emphasis, and some that need a slow pace, others that need a quickened tempo, and so on = La preparación de un narrador de cuentos es como el ensayo de una orquesta; habrá pasajes que necesiten énfasis, otros un ritmo lento, otros un ritmo acelerado, etcétera.
    Ex. The store was gutted and rebuilt, according to his specifications, into a beautiful, modern facility, decorated in vibrant hues and furnished with the latest Herman Miller offerings.
    Ex. The openness of the now accessible stacks is emphasised by use of glass and bright colours.
    Ex. They are more than simple documents -- they are living and breathing expressions of important ethical concerns.
    Ex. Interviews were with a surviving next of kin or a nonrelative about three months after the event of death.
    Ex. He is a walking history of modern librarianship and has been a mentor to many.
    Ex. This is a review article on a book by Stephen M. Borish ' The Land of the Living'.
    Ex. A spry 80 years young, Virginia has been painting murals for the last 50 years and a lot can be said for the advantages of experience.
    Ex. He was described as a ' sprightly nonagenarian' who was born in 1905.
    Ex. Payment is very important and can be a problem so the businessman needs to be streetwise and shrewd with a good business acumen.
    ----
    * actuación en vivo = live performance, live entertainment.
    * apagar la cal viva = slake + quicklime.
    * a viva voz = open outcry.
    * cal viva = quicklime.
    * comerse Algo vivo, devorarse Algo = eat + Nombre + alive.
    * concierto en vivo = live concert.
    * continuar vivo = live on.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * de viva voz = orally, word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * entre los vivos = land of the living, the.
    * en vivo = live-action, in vivo, live.
    * imaginación muy viva = vivid imagination.
    * leyenda vivida = living legend.
    * llorar a lágrima viva = sob + Posesivo + heart out, cry + Posesivo + heart out, cry + uncontrollably.
    * mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.
    * mantener vivo = keep + alive, keep + Nombre + going.
    * materia viva = living matter.
    * monumento vivo = living monument.
    * música en vivo = live music.
    * no vivo = nonliving [non-living].
    * organismo vivo = living thing.
    * permanecer vivo = remain + alive.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * publicación seriada viva = active serial.
    * revista viva = active journal.
    * rojo vivo = vibrant red, vermilion [vermillion].
    * seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.
    * sentirse vivo = feel + alive.
    * ser un vivo retrato de = be a dead ringer for.
    * servicio de referencia en vivo = live reference.
    * ser vivo = sentient being.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * viva + Nombre = long live + Nombre.
    * vivos, los = living, the.
    * * *
    I
    - va adjetivo
    1)
    a) ( con vida) alive

    a lo vivo — (fam) without anesthetic*

    en vivo<actuación/transmisión> live

    b) < lengua> living (before n)
    2)
    a) < persona> (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly; < descripción> vivid, graphic; <relato/imaginación> lively
    b) < color> bright, vivid; <llama/fuego> bright; <ojos/mirada> lively, bright
    c) <sentimiento/deseo> intense, strong

    en lo más vivo: me hirió en lo más vivo he cut me to the quick; me afectó en lo más vivo — it affected me very deeply

    3) (avispado, astuto) sharp

    no seas tan vivodon't try to be clever

    II
    - va masculino, femenino ( oportunista) sharp o smooth operator (colloq); ( aprovechado) freeloader
    * * *
    = alive, live, living, vivid, quickened, vibrant + Color, bright [brighter -comp., brightest -sup.], living and breathing, surviving, walking, land of the living, the, spry [spryer comp., spryest -sup.], sprightly [sprightlier -comp., sprightliest -sup.], shrewd [shrewder -comp., shrewdest -sup.].

    Ex: Armstrong Sperry's 'Call It Courage' is now some years old but still to my mind an attractive and alive book.

    Ex: By designing the floors to carry a superimposed live load of 6.5 kN/m2, it is easy to move bookshelves, reader places and other library functions to any part of the building.
    Ex: Few librarians have had both his dedication and ability to make the catalog a living tool serving all of the people.
    Ex: There are vivid examples of serious fires and other natural disasters occuring in libraries that cause incalculable financial and academic losses to society.
    Ex: For a storyteller preparation is like rehearsal for an orchestra; there will be passages that need emphasis, and some that need a slow pace, others that need a quickened tempo, and so on = La preparación de un narrador de cuentos es como el ensayo de una orquesta; habrá pasajes que necesiten énfasis, otros un ritmo lento, otros un ritmo acelerado, etcétera.
    Ex: The store was gutted and rebuilt, according to his specifications, into a beautiful, modern facility, decorated in vibrant hues and furnished with the latest Herman Miller offerings.
    Ex: The openness of the now accessible stacks is emphasised by use of glass and bright colours.
    Ex: They are more than simple documents -- they are living and breathing expressions of important ethical concerns.
    Ex: Interviews were with a surviving next of kin or a nonrelative about three months after the event of death.
    Ex: He is a walking history of modern librarianship and has been a mentor to many.
    Ex: This is a review article on a book by Stephen M. Borish ' The Land of the Living'.
    Ex: A spry 80 years young, Virginia has been painting murals for the last 50 years and a lot can be said for the advantages of experience.
    Ex: He was described as a ' sprightly nonagenarian' who was born in 1905.
    Ex: Payment is very important and can be a problem so the businessman needs to be streetwise and shrewd with a good business acumen.
    * actuación en vivo = live performance, live entertainment.
    * apagar la cal viva = slake + quicklime.
    * a viva voz = open outcry.
    * cal viva = quicklime.
    * comerse Algo vivo, devorarse Algo = eat + Nombre + alive.
    * concierto en vivo = live concert.
    * continuar vivo = live on.
    * cosa viva = living thing.
    * de viva voz = orally, word-of-mouth, by word of mouth.
    * el muerto al hoyo y el vivo al bollo = dead men have no friends.
    * entre los vivos = land of the living, the.
    * en vivo = live-action, in vivo, live.
    * imaginación muy viva = vivid imagination.
    * leyenda vivida = living legend.
    * llorar a lágrima viva = sob + Posesivo + heart out, cry + Posesivo + heart out, cry + uncontrollably.
    * mantener Algo vivo = keep + the flame alive, keep + Nombre + at the fore.
    * mantener vivo = keep + alive, keep + Nombre + going.
    * materia viva = living matter.
    * monumento vivo = living monument.
    * música en vivo = live music.
    * no vivo = nonliving [non-living].
    * organismo vivo = living thing.
    * permanecer vivo = remain + alive.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * publicación seriada viva = active serial.
    * revista viva = active journal.
    * rojo vivo = vibrant red, vermilion [vermillion].
    * seguir vivo = live on, stay + alive.
    * sentirse vivo = feel + alive.
    * ser un vivo retrato de = be a dead ringer for.
    * servicio de referencia en vivo = live reference.
    * ser vivo = sentient being.
    * tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.
    * viva + Nombre = long live + Nombre.
    * vivos, los = living, the.

    * * *
    vivo1 -va
    A
    1 (con vida) alive
    [ S ] se busca vivo o muerto wanted, dead or alive
    los mosquitos me están comiendo vivo ( fam); I'm being eaten alive by mosquitoes
    no vimos ninguna serpiente viva we didn't see any live snakes
    es ya una leyenda viva he is a legend in his own lifetime, he is a living legend
    mantuvo viva su fé she kept her faith alive
    a lo vivo ( fam); without anesthetic*
    en vivo live
    música en vivo live music
    hicieron el programa en vivo they did the program live
    2 ‹lengua› living ( before n)
    el idioma sigue vivo the language is still alive
    B
    1 ‹persona› (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly
    2 ‹descripción› vivid, graphic; ‹relato/imaginación› lively
    aún tengo vivo en la memoria aquel momento I can still remember that moment vividly
    3 ‹color› bright, vivid; ‹llama/fuego› bright rojo2 (↑ rojo (2))
    4 ‹ojos/mirada› lively, bright
    5 ‹sentimiento/deseo› intense, strong
    lo más vivo: sus palabras me llegaron a lo más vivo her words cut me to the quick
    su muerte me afectó en lo más vivo his death affected me very deeply
    C (avispado, astuto) sharp
    ése es muy vivo y no se va a dejar engañar that guy is too smart o sharp to be taken in ( colloq)
    no seas tan vivo, que ésta es mi parte don't try to be clever o to pull a fast one, this is my share ( colloq)
    esos vendedores son muy vivos those salesmen are razor-sharp ( colloq)
    vivo2 -va
    masculine, feminine
    ( fam)
    1 (oportunista) sharp o smooth operator ( colloq)
    2 (aprovechado) crafty devil ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    Del verbo vivir: ( conjugate vivir)

    vivo es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    vivir    
    vivo
    vivir ( conjugate vivir) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en general) to live;
    vive solo he lives alone o on his own;

    vivo para algo/algn to live for sth/sb;
    vivo en paz to live in peace;
    la pintura no da para vivo you can't make a living from painting;
    el sueldo no le alcanza para vivo his salary isn't enough (for him) to live on;
    vivo de algo ‹ de la caridad› to live on sth;

    del arte/de la pesca› to make a living from sth;
    ver tb
    renta

    2 ( estar vivo) to be alive
    3 ( como interj):
    ¡viva el Rey! long live the King!;

    ¡vivan los novios! three cheers for the bride and groom!;
    ¡viva! hurray!
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( pasar por):


    los que vivimos la guerra those of us who lived through the war
    b)personaje/música to live

    c) vida to live

    vivo
    ◊ -va adjetivo

    1


    en vivo ‹actuación/transmisión live
    b) lengua living ( before n)

    2
    a) persona› (despierto, animado) vivacious, bubbly;

    descripción vivid, graphic;
    relato/imaginación lively
    b) color bright, vivid;

    llama/fuego bright;
    ojos/mirada lively, bright
    c)sentimiento/deseo intense, strong

    3 (avispado, astuto) sharp;
    no seas tan vivo don't try to be clever

    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( oportunista) sharp o smooth operator (colloq);
    ( aprovechado) freeloader
    vivir
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (tener vida) to live: vivió ochenta años, she lived to be eighty
    ¡aún vive!, he's still alive!
    2 (estar residiendo) to live: viven en Australia, they live in Australia
    3 (en la memoria) su recuerdo aún vive en nosotros, our memories of him still live on
    4 (subsistir) no es suficiente para vivir, it's not enough to live on
    esa gente vive de la caza, those people live from o by hunting
    5 (convivir) viven juntos desde hace muchos años, they've been living together for years
    II vtr (pasar una experiencia) to live through
    III sustantivo masculino
    1 life, living
    2 (una persona) de mal vivir, loose, disreputable
    ♦ Locuciones: dejar vivir a alguien, (no molestar) vive y deja vivir, live and let live; familiar no vivir alguien, (preocupación, angustia) desde que tiene esa grave enfermedad, sus padres no viven, his parents have been in a state of anxiety since he's had this serious illness; familiar vivir la vida alguien, (libertad, ociosidad) ha acabado la carrera y ahora se dedica a vivir la vida, now he's finished his university studies he's going to enjoy life
    vivo,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 alive: todavía está vivo, he's still alive
    (un espectáculo) en vivo, live ➣ Ver nota en alive 2 (persona: vital, alegre) vivacious
    (astuta) sharp
    3 (intenso, brillante) bright
    una camisa de un rojo vivo, a bright red shirt
    4 (un relato, descripción) lively, graphic
    (un sentimiento) intense, deep
    II sustantivo masculino y femenino (persona avispada, astuta) sharp
    ♦ Locuciones: al rojo vivo, red-hot
    familiar vivito y coleando, alive and kicking
    ' vivo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    actualmente
    - alegre
    - alta
    - alto
    - ardiente
    - criatura
    - despierta
    - despierto
    - emisión
    - ser
    - estrangular
    - extremidad
    - fogón
    - macho
    - mantener
    - prodigio
    - retrato
    - revivir
    - roja
    - rojo
    - salud
    - subsistir
    - viva
    - crecer
    - espabilado
    - inquieto
    - listo
    - paseo
    - posibilidad
    - punta
    - que
    - vivir
    English:
    active
    - actually
    - alive
    - alone
    - animate
    - animated
    - bright
    - brighten up
    - dad
    - daddy
    - deep
    - develop
    - eat
    - fur
    - hot up
    - image
    - keen
    - live
    - lively
    - living
    - midway
    - near
    - on
    - out
    - quicktempered
    - red-hot
    - rich
    - solid
    - spit
    - still
    - up
    - vivid
    - beyond
    - concert
    - glow
    - hedge
    - hedgerow
    - home
    - longing
    - memory
    - pull
    - quick
    - red
    - sear
    - survive
    * * *
    vivo, -a
    adj
    1. [ser, lengua] living
    2. [tras verbo] alive;
    estar vivo [persona, costumbre, recuerdo] to be alive;
    su recuerdo sigue vivo entre los suyos his memory lives on among his family;
    quemar vivo alguien to burn sb alive
    3. [intenso] [dolor, deseo, olor] intense;
    [luz, color, tono] bright; [genio] quick, hot; [paso, ritmo] lively;
    un vivo interés por algo a lively interest in sth
    4. [con vitalidad] [gestos, ojos] lively;
    [descripción, recuerdo] vivid;
    es el vivo retrato de su padre he's the spitting image of his father
    5. [despierto] quick, sharp;
    [astuto] shrewd, sly
    los vivos nmpl
    the living
    en vivo loc adj
    [en directo] live; [sin anestesia] without anaesthetic;
    haremos el programa en vivo we will do the programme live
    * * *
    I adj
    1 alive;
    los seres vivo living things;
    sharp, smart
    3 color bright
    4 ritmo lively
    II m, viva f sharp operator
    * * *
    vivo, -va adj
    1) : alive
    2) intenso: vivid, bright, intense
    3) animado: lively, vivacious
    4) astuto: sharp, clever
    5)
    en vivo : live
    transmisión en vivo: live broadcast
    6)
    al rojo vivo : red-hot
    * * *
    vivo adj
    1. (con vida) alive
    2. (intenso) bright
    3. (listo) clever [comp. cleverer; superl. cleverest]

    Spanish-English dictionary > vivo

  • 18 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 19 βασιλεύς

    βασιλεύς, έως, ὁ (Hom. +; loanw. in rabb.)
    one who rules as possessor of the highest office in a political realm, king, gener. of a male ruler who has unquestioned authority (exceptions are client rulers who owe their power to the grace of Rome) in a specific area ποιεῖν τινα β. make someone king J 6:15. βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς earthly kings Mt 17:25; Rv. 1:5; 6:15 (Ps 2:2; 88:28) al.; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); β. τῶν ἐθνῶν Lk 22:25; (w. ἡγεμόνες; cp. ἡγούμενοι ἐθνῶν καὶ β. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 32, 22) Mt 10:18; Mk 13:9; Lk 21:12. Of kings gener. (w. προφῆται; 2 Macc 2:13; Boll 139) Lk 10:24. Of Pharaoh Ac 7:10 (Tat. 38, 1); David Mt 1:6; Ac 13:22 (Just., A I, 35, 6); Herod I (Jos., Ant. 14, 382; 385; OGI 414, 2; 415, 1; 416, 2; 417, 3; Just., A I, 40, 6; D. 78, 1]) Mt 2:1, 3; Lk 1:5; Herod Antipas (not really a king [Jos., Ant. 17, 188; OGI 414, 2; 415, 1; 416, 2; 417, 3], but occasionally given that title: Cicero, Verr. 4, 27) Mt 14:9; Mk 6:14; GPt 1:2 (ASyn. 341, 20); Herod Agrippa I (Jos., Ant. 18, 237; 19, 274; OGI 418, 1; 419, 1; 428, 4) Ac 12:1; Agrippa II (Jos., Bell. 2, 223; OGI 419, 2; 423, 1; 425, 3; 426, 2) 25:13, 24, 26; Aretas, king of the Nabataeans 2 Cor 11:32; Melchizedek, king of Salem Hb 7:1f (Gen 14:18). Of the Rom. emperor (Appian, Iber. 102 §444, Bell. Civ. 2, 86 §362 Ῥωμαίων β. Ἁδριανός al.; Herodian 2, 4, 4; IG III, 12, 18; CIG II, 2721, 11; POxy 33 II, 6; 35 verso, 1; BGU 588, 10; PGM 4, 2448 Ἁδριανὸς β.; 2452; Jos., Bell. 3, 351; 4, 596; 5, 563, Vi. 34; Magie 62; βασιλεῦ Ar. 1, 1 al. Tat. 4, 1; 19, 1; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6) 1 Ti 2:2 (the pl. is generic as Appian, Prooem. 15 §62; Jos., Ant. 2, 71; PEg2 48; on the topic s. LBiehl, D. liturg. Gebet für Kaiser u. Reich ’37); 1 Pt 2:13, 17 (s. Pr 24:21 and esp. Vi. Aesopi I c. 26 p. 288, 17 Eberh.: τέκνον, πρὸ πάντων σέβου τὸ θεῖον, τὸν βασιλέα δὲ τίμα); Rv 17:9; 1 Cl 37:3.
    one who possesses unusual or transcendent power, ext. of mng. 1 (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 285 D.: β. Θεμιστοκλῆς) esp.
    of the Messianic king β. τῶν Ἰουδαίων (so Alex. Jannaeus: Jos., Ant. 14, 36; Herod 16, 311; Aristobolus: Diod S 40, 2) Mt 2:2; 27:11, 29, 37; Mk 15:2, 9, 12, 18, 26; Lk 23:3, 37f; J 18:33 al.; β. (τοῦ) Ἰσραήλ Mt 27:42; Mk 15:32; J 1:49; 12:13; GPt 3:7 (ASyn. 341, 20); 4:11 (ASyn. 344, 74). Hence of Jesus as king of the Christians (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 61, 27; Did., Gen. 215, 10) MPol 9:3; 17:3; AcPl BMM verso 37 (difft. AcPl Ha 8, 29). He is also the κύριος referred to D 14:3, which quotes β. μέγας fr. Mal 1:14; for the latter phrase s. also AcPl Ha 9:1f (cp. 9:7). Cp. Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9); 25:34, 40; J 18:37 (for the judge’s question: βασιλεὺς εἶ σύ; cp. Μαρτύριον Κάρπου 24, in: Musurillo, Ac. Chr. M. p. 24: βουλευτὴς εἶ;). β. βασιλέων (as 2 Macc 13:4; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1:18, Decal. 41; cp. PGM 13, 605.—Of Zeus: Dio Chrys. 2, 75) Rv 17:14; 19:16 (GBeale, NTS 31, ’85, 618–20, w. ref. to Da 4:37; in support TSlater, ibid. 39, ’93, 159f); this title is still current for kings in the early Christian era (Dssm., LO 310f [LAE 367f]; Diod S 1, 47, 4 an ancient royal inscr. β. βασιλέων; 1, 55, 7 β. βασιλέων καὶ δεσπότης δεσποτῶν Σεσόωσις; Memnon [I B.C./I A.D.] 434 Fgm. 1, 31, 3 Jac. βας. βας. of Tigranes; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 67 §278; Ezk 26:7; Da 2:37; 2 Esdr 7:12; Mussies 96f; WHuss, Der ‘König der Könige’ und der ‘Herr der Könige’: ZDPV 93, ’77, 131–40) and purposely reserved by the Christians for their Lord, in strong contrast to earthly kings (cp. Pass. Scilit. 6 p. 24 vGebh.).—B 11:5 (Is 33:17). ὁ β. τῶν οὐρανῶν AcPl Ha 7, 29.
    of God (Pla., Ep. 2, 312e ὁ πάντων βασιλεύς; Plut., Mor. 383a: ἡγεμών ἐστι κ. βασιλεὺς ὁ θεός of human souls who have entered eternal bliss) μέγας β. (SEG VIII, 32, 3 [III A.D.] of Zeus; Tob 13:16; Philo, Migr. Abr. 146 al.; SibOr 3, 499 and 616; of human kings since Hdt. 1, 188, 1; Jdth 2:5; 3:2; EpArist; Philo) Mt 5:35 (cp. Ps 47:3); Hv 3, 9, 8; β. τῶν ἐθνῶν (Jer 10:7; s. ed. HSwete v.l.) Rv 15:3; β. τῶν αἰώνων (Tob 13:7, 11; En 9:4; cp. Ps 144:13; Ex 15:18; Jos., Ant. 1, 272 δέσποτα παντὸς αἰῶνος, also 14:24 β. τῶν ὅλων [β. τῶν ὅλων is also a designation of the god Uranus in Diod S 3, 56, 5]; PGM 12, 247 αἰώνων βασιλεῦ καὶ κύριε) 1 Ti 1:17; Rv 15:3 v.l.; ἐπουράνιος β. τῶν αἰ. 1 Cl 61:2; β. τῶν βασιλευόντων 1 Ti 6:15 (as 3 Macc 5:35 v.l.; Pel.-Leg. 21, 8; 24, 21). β. τῆς δόξης AcPl BMM verso 24; 26. WGrafBaudissin, Kyrios III 1929, 70–76.
    of a king of spirits in the nether world, Abaddon Rv 9:11.—WSchubart, Das hell. Königsideal nach Inschr. u. Pap., APF 12, ’37, 1–26; PCarlier, La royauté en Grèce avant Alexandre ’84 (for summary and ins reff. s. SEG XXXIX, 1792).—B. 1321; 1324. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > βασιλεύς

  • 20 ir

    v.
    1 to go.
    ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinema
    ir en autobús/coche to go by bus/car
    ir andando to go on foot, to walk
    ¡vamos! let's go!
    2 to be gradually.
    ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing something
    va anocheciendo it's getting dark
    3 to go.
    le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job
    su negocio va mal his business is going badly
    ¿cómo te va? how are you doing?
    4 to go.
    estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers
    5 to go, to belong.
    esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there
    6 to go, to leave (marcharse).
    irse a to go to
    ¡vete! go away!
    El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.
    7 to go (to search).
    ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)
    8 to go (to consume, to disappear).
    se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut
    9 to be going (intención).
    ir a hacer algo to be going to do something
    te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you
    10 to get (to change).
    ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse
    11 to work.
    la manivela va floja the crank is loose
    la televisión no va the television isn't working
    12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).
    ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody
    13 to suit (clothes).
    irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebody
    esta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers
    14 to do (tratamiento).
    irle bien a alguien to do somebody good
    15 to like, to care.
    no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)
    ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other
    16 to attend.
    Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.
    17 to be doing, to make out.
    Me va bien I am doing well.
    18 to keep on, to keep.
    Ir caminando Keep on walking.
    19 to go for.
    Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me
    20 to match.
    Estas medias van These socks match.
    * * *
    IR
    Present Indicative
    voy, vas, va, vamos, vais, van.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Past Indicative
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ve (tú), vaya (él/Vd.), vayamos (nos.), id (vos.), vayan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    - ir a pie
    - irse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=marchar)
    a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go

    ¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?

    ¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?

    esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca

    ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously

    ¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!

    ¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?

    b) [indicando la forma de transporte]

    ir [andando] — to walk, go on foot

    tuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot

    ¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?

    ir en [avión] — to fly

    ir en [bicicleta] — to ride

    ir a [caballo] — to ride

    fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove

    ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot

    fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} rail

    c) [con complemento]
    d)

    ir (a) [por] — to go and get

    voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor

    voy a por él[a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

    solo van a por las pelas* they're only in it for the money

    2) [indicando proceso]
    a) [persona]

    ¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?

    el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better

    b) [acción, obra] to go

    ¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?

    ¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?

    ¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?

    todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well

    los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better

    c)

    ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?

    3) [indicando manera, posición]
    4) (=extenderse) to go, stretch

    la pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea

    [en lo que] va de año — so far this year

    5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]

    ¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!

    de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2

    6) [indicando acumulación]
    7) [en apuestas]

    ¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?

    8) (=vestir)

    ¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?

    iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red

    etiqueta 2)
    9)

    irle a algn —

    a) [indicando importancia]
    b) [indicando situación]

    ¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?

    ¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?

    ¡que te vaya bien! — take care!

    c) (=sentar) to suit

    ¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?

    d) * (=gustar)

    le va al Cruz Azul Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul

    10) [seguido de preposición]
    ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with ir de

    ¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?

    no sabe de qué va el rollo* he doesn't know what it's all about

    va de intelectual por la vida* he acts the intellectual all the time

    ¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *

    ir para

    va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40

    ir por [indicando intención]

    eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you

    ¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!

    ir tras to go after
    11) [otras locuciones]

    [a lo que] iba — as I was saying

    ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems

    [¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"

    -¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"

    si vamos a [eso] — for that matter

    pues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at

    es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate

    ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse

    ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One

    ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and going

    cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before

    ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not coming

    fue y se marchó Méx * he just upped and left *

    lejos 1., 1)
    12) [exclamaciones]
    ¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!

    ¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?

    ¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *

    ¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!

    ¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!

    ¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *

    ¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!

    ¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!

    vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult

    una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman

    es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is

    ¡qué va!

    -¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"

    ¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!

    2.
    VERBO AUXILIAR
    ir a ({+ infin}) to go

    vamos a hacerlo[afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it

    ¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?

    ¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!

    ¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?

    ¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *

    no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes

    ir ({+ gerund})

    ¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?

    ¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!

    id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with

    voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...

    ir ({+ participio})
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

    iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

    Fernando! - voy!Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

    voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

    ¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

    ¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

    ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

    ¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

    a eso voyI'm just coming o getting to that

    ¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

    ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

    ¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

    ir a por alguien — (Esp)

    ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

    ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

    ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

    b) ( asistir) to go to

    ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

    ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

    3)

    irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

    4)
    a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

    tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

    b) (Jueg)

    ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

    ahí va! — (Esp fam)

    eso va por ti tambiénthat goes for you too o and the same goes for you

    6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)
    7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

    ¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

    ¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

    ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

    ¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

    va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

    11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

    ¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

    12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

    ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

    13) (extenderse, abarcar)
    14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

    ¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

    va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

    me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

    ¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

    15) (en juegos, competiciones)

    ¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

    voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

    ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

    ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    18) (sumar, hacer)

    con éste van seis — six, counting this one

    en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

    lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

    21) (CS) (depender, radicar)
    22)
    a) ( deber colocarse) to go

    ¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

    qué va! — (fam)

    ¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

    ¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

    ¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

    ¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

    c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)
    23)
    a) ( combinar)
    b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)
    c)
    24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)
    25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

    irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

    26) vamos
    a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

    vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

    b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

    vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

    vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

    dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

    desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

    es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

    27) vaya
    a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

    vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer!oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

    b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)
    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse

    2.
    ir v aux
    1)

    ir a + inf —

    2)
    a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

    va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

    vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

    bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

    3)
    a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

    cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

    ¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

    ¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

    ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

    6)

    ¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

    ¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

    ¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

    ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse

    3.
    irse v pron
    1) ( marcharse) to leave

    ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

    bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

    se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

    anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

    no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

    2) (consumirse, gastarse)

    cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

    se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

    4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)
    5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)
    6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

    irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

    7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

    vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

    8)
    a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out
    b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb
    9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run
    * * *
    = attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.
    Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.
    Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.
    Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.
    Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.
    Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.
    Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.
    Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    ----
    * algo va mal = something is amiss.
    * ¡allá voy! = here I come!.
    * a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.
    * despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * el no va más = the be all and end all.
    * empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.
    * empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.
    * empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.
    * grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.
    * ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * ir acompañado de = come with.
    * ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].
    * ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.
    * ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.
    * ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.
    * ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.
    * ir a la baja = be down.
    * ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.
    * ir a la cárcel = serve + time.
    * ir a la escuela = go to + school.
    * ir a la guerra = go to + war.
    * ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.
    * ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.
    * ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.
    * ir al centro = go + downtown.
    * ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.
    * ir al grano = cut to + the chase.
    * ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * ir al pub = go to + the pub.
    * ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.
    * ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.
    * ir al unísono = be hand in hand.
    * ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.
    * ir a pie = leg it.
    * ir a por = go for.
    * ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.
    * ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.
    * ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.
    * ir a ver = drop in on, check out.
    * ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.
    * ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.
    * ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.
    * ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir con = go with, come with.
    * ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.
    * ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.
    * ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.
    * ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.
    * ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.
    * ir de... a... = proceed from... to....
    * ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.
    * ir de acampada = camp.
    * ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.
    * ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.
    * ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.
    * ir de compras = go + shopping.
    * ir de copas = go for + a drink.
    * ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.
    * ir de excursión = hike.
    * ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.
    * ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.
    * ir delante = lead + the way.
    * ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.
    * ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.
    * ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .
    * ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * ir de putas = whoring.
    * ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir de tranqui = play it + cool.
    * ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.
    * ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.
    * ir de un sitio para otro = run around.
    * ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.
    * ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.
    * ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.
    * ir en = ride.
    * ir en aumento = be on the increase.
    * ir en bici = bike.
    * ir en bicicleta = cycle.
    * ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.
    * ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.
    * ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.
    * ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.
    * ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.
    * ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.
    * ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .
    * ir en moto = bike.
    * ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.
    * ir entre = go between.
    * ir hacia = head for.
    * ir hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * ir hacia delante = page + forward.
    * ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.
    * irle Algo a Alguien = fare.
    * irle a Uno = make out.
    * ir mal = go + wrong.
    * ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir marcha atrás = back up.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.
    * ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.
    * ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.
    * ir pegado a = hug.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.
    * ir por detrás de = lag + behind.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir primero = lead + the way.
    * ir rápido = fly.
    * ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.
    * ir rumbo a = be on the road to.
    * irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse a freír espárragos = naff off.
    * irse a la cama = retire + at night.
    * irse a la mierda = naff off.
    * irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.
    * irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.
    * irse al cuerno = naff off.
    * irse al diablo = naff off.
    * irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.
    * irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.
    * irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.
    * irse a paseo = naff off.
    * irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.
    * irse a tomar por culo = naff off.
    * irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.
    * irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.
    * irse de vacaciones = vacation.
    * irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.
    * irse inadvertidamente = slip away.
    * irse la cabeza = go + bananas.
    * írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.
    * írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.
    * irse para siempre = go + forever.
    * irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.
    * irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.
    * ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.
    * ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.
    * ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir todo bien = be fine.
    * ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.
    * ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).
    * ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.
    * ir y venir = come and go.
    * ir zumbando = whiz.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * partido de ida = away game.
    * pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.
    * que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.
    * quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.
    * si vamos a eso = for that matter.
    * todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.
    * va a = gonna [going to].
    * vete a la mierda = fuck off.
    * véte al carajo = drop dead!.
    * véte al cuerno = drop dead!.
    * vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.
    * ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

    iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

    Fernando! - voy!Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

    voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

    ¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

    ¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

    ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

    ¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

    a eso voyI'm just coming o getting to that

    ¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

    ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

    ¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

    ir a por alguien — (Esp)

    ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

    ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

    ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

    b) ( asistir) to go to

    ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

    ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

    3)

    irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

    4)
    a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

    tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

    b) (Jueg)

    ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

    ahí va! — (Esp fam)

    eso va por ti tambiénthat goes for you too o and the same goes for you

    6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)
    7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

    ¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

    ¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

    ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

    ¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

    va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

    11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

    ¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

    12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

    ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

    13) (extenderse, abarcar)
    14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

    ¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

    va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

    me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

    ¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

    15) (en juegos, competiciones)

    ¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

    voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

    ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

    ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    18) (sumar, hacer)

    con éste van seis — six, counting this one

    en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

    lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

    21) (CS) (depender, radicar)
    22)
    a) ( deber colocarse) to go

    ¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

    qué va! — (fam)

    ¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

    ¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

    ¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

    ¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

    c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)
    23)
    a) ( combinar)
    b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)
    c)
    24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)
    25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

    irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

    26) vamos
    a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

    vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

    b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

    vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

    vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

    dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

    desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

    es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

    27) vaya
    a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

    vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer!oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

    b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)
    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse

    2.
    ir v aux
    1)

    ir a + inf —

    2)
    a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

    va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

    vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

    bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

    3)
    a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

    cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

    ¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

    ¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

    ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

    6)

    ¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

    ¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

    ¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

    ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse

    3.
    irse v pron
    1) ( marcharse) to leave

    ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

    bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

    se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

    anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

    no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

    2) (consumirse, gastarse)

    cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

    se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

    4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)
    5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)
    6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

    irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

    7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

    vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

    8)
    a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out
    b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb
    9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run
    * * *
    = attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

    Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

    Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.
    Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.
    Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.
    Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.
    Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.
    Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    * algo va mal = something is amiss.
    * ¡allá voy! = here I come!.
    * a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.
    * despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * el no va más = the be all and end all.
    * empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.
    * empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.
    * empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.
    * grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.
    * ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * ir acompañado de = come with.
    * ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].
    * ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.
    * ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.
    * ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.
    * ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.
    * ir a la baja = be down.
    * ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.
    * ir a la cárcel = serve + time.
    * ir a la escuela = go to + school.
    * ir a la guerra = go to + war.
    * ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.
    * ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.
    * ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.
    * ir al centro = go + downtown.
    * ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.
    * ir al grano = cut to + the chase.
    * ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * ir al pub = go to + the pub.
    * ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.
    * ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.
    * ir al unísono = be hand in hand.
    * ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.
    * ir a pie = leg it.
    * ir a por = go for.
    * ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.
    * ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.
    * ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.
    * ir a ver = drop in on, check out.
    * ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.
    * ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.
    * ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.
    * ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir con = go with, come with.
    * ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.
    * ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.
    * ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.
    * ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.
    * ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.
    * ir de... a... = proceed from... to....
    * ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.
    * ir de acampada = camp.
    * ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.
    * ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.
    * ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.
    * ir de compras = go + shopping.
    * ir de copas = go for + a drink.
    * ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.
    * ir de excursión = hike.
    * ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.
    * ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.
    * ir delante = lead + the way.
    * ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.
    * ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.
    * ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.
    * ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * ir de putas = whoring.
    * ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir de tranqui = play it + cool.
    * ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.
    * ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.
    * ir de un sitio para otro = run around.
    * ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.
    * ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.
    * ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.
    * ir en = ride.
    * ir en aumento = be on the increase.
    * ir en bici = bike.
    * ir en bicicleta = cycle.
    * ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.
    * ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.
    * ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.
    * ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.
    * ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.
    * ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.
    * ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.
    * ir en moto = bike.
    * ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.
    * ir entre = go between.
    * ir hacia = head for.
    * ir hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * ir hacia delante = page + forward.
    * ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.
    * irle Algo a Alguien = fare.
    * irle a Uno = make out.
    * ir mal = go + wrong.
    * ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir marcha atrás = back up.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.
    * ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.
    * ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.
    * ir pegado a = hug.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.
    * ir por detrás de = lag + behind.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir primero = lead + the way.
    * ir rápido = fly.
    * ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.
    * ir rumbo a = be on the road to.
    * irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse a freír espárragos = naff off.
    * irse a la cama = retire + at night.
    * irse a la mierda = naff off.
    * irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.
    * irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.
    * irse al cuerno = naff off.
    * irse al diablo = naff off.
    * irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.
    * irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.
    * irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.
    * irse a paseo = naff off.
    * irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.
    * irse a tomar por culo = naff off.
    * irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.
    * irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.
    * irse de vacaciones = vacation.
    * irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.
    * irse inadvertidamente = slip away.
    * irse la cabeza = go + bananas.
    * írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.
    * írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.
    * irse para siempre = go + forever.
    * irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.
    * irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.
    * ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.
    * ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.
    * ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir todo bien = be fine.
    * ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.
    * ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).
    * ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.
    * ir y venir = come and go.
    * ir zumbando = whiz.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * partido de ida = away game.
    * pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.
    * que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.
    * quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.
    * si vamos a eso = for that matter.
    * todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.
    * va a = gonna [going to].
    * vete a la mierda = fuck off.
    * véte al carajo = drop dead!.
    * véte al cuerno = drop dead!.
    * vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.
    * ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

    * * *
    ir [ I27 ]
    ■ ir (verbo intransitivo)
    A trasladarse, desplazarse
    B expresando propósito
    C irle a alguien con algo
    D
    1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse
    2 Juegos
    E con comentarios
    F estar en juego
    G hablando de acciones imprevistas
    A ir + complemento
    B refiriéndose al atuendo
    C en calidad de
    D tratar
    A llevar a
    B extenderse, abarcar
    A marchar, desarrollarse
    B en juegos, competiciones
    C en el desarrollo de algo
    D estar en camino
    E sumar, hacer
    F haber transcurrido
    G haber una diferencia
    H depender, radicar
    A
    1 deber colocarse
    2 deber escribirse
    3 estar incluido
    B
    1 combinar
    2 sentar, convenir
    3 ir en contra de algo
    C gustar
    D tomar partido por, apoyar
    A
    1 expresando incredulidad etc
    2 intentando tranquilizar, animar
    3 al aclarar, resumir
    B
    1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad
    2 para enfatizar
    3 al aclarar, resumir
    ■ ir (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 para expresar tiempo futuro
    2 expresando intención, propósito
    3 en propuestas, sugerencias
    B al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones
    C expresando inevitabilidad
    D expresando incredulidad
    E
    1 en afirmaciones enfáticas
    2 al contradecir
    Sentido II expresando un proceso paulatino
    ■ irse (verbo pronominal)
    A marcharse
    B consumirse, gastarse
    C desaparecer: mancha, dolor
    D salirse, escaparse
    E morirse
    F caerse, perder el equilibrio
    G andarse, actuar
    H
    1 en naipes
    2 en una asignatura
    I las medias
    vi
    A (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go
    ¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?
    iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot
    ir por mar to go by sea
    ¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!
    es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!
    ¿quién va? who goes there?
    lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the room
    el ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenue
    el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests
    no he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything done
    voy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)
    vamos a casa let's go home
    ¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?
    ¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?
    nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends class
    ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting
    ya vamos para allá we're on our way
    ¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)
    ¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?
    fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal route
    no vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longer
    a eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that
    ¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?
    ¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough
    ¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bit
    ir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?
    nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñas
    ir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
    ten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
    el perro fue a por él the dog went for him
    ir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)
    no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalism
    no me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at all
    allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do
    ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?
    ve a ayudarla go and help her
    fue a ayudarla he went to help her
    ¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?
    C
    irle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems
    a la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with tales
    D
    1
    (al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!
    tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
    2 ( Juegos):
    ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000
    ¡no va más! no more bets!
    ver tb no1 (↑ no (1))
    ¡ahí va! ( Esp fam): ¡ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero oh no! I've forgotten the money
    David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)
    E
    «comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastily
    ten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means business
    ir POR algn:
    y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you too
    F (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stake
    le va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the line
    G ( fam)
    (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched him
    y la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)
    fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been painted
    A (+ complemento)
    (sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along
    ¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?
    ¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?
    ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seat
    por lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting down
    el niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebars
    iba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the street
    vas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggar
    se notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraid
    el tren iba llenísimo the train was packed
    déjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help you
    el ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the lead
    no vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistake
    hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes open
    va de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to another
    iban de largo they wore long dresses
    voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula
    iba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing green
    C (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sth
    yo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English
    ¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
    va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)
    D
    ( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on
    ¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?
    A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sth
    el camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beach
    B
    (extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencia
    lo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90
    el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
    estados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargy
    A
    (marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?
    el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse
    ¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?
    ¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? ( colloq), what's up? ( AmE colloq)
    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?
    me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam
    ¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!
    ¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well
    ¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?
    B
    (en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1
    voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the lead
    ya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000
    ¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?
    ¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
    estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves now
    D (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:
    ¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!
    ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fifty
    ya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw him
    iba para médico he was going to be a doctor
    E
    (sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you
    ¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth one
    ya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten now
    F
    (haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
    G
    (haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five
    ¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)
    H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sth
    no sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends on
    eso va en gustos that's a question of taste
    A
    ¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?
    ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?
    ¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet
    ¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in fact
    vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time
    2
    (deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?
    ¿va con acento? does it have an accent?
    3
    ( RPl) (estar incluido): todo esto va para el examen all of this will be included in the exam
    B
    1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sth
    esos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt
    2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you
    te irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good
    3
    ir en contra de algo to go against sth
    esto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principles
    C
    ( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
    marcha f H. (↑ marcha)
    D ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sb
    mucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian team
    A
    1
    (expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
    ¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!
    2
    (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy
    ¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!
    ¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
    ¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!
    dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth
    desde el vamos ( RPl fam); from the word go
    3
    (al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anyway
    podrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to ask
    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy
    es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
    1
    (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)
    ¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!
    ¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)
    2
    (para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!
    ¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!
    ¿vaya día! what a day!
    ¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)
    ¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!
    ¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!
    3
    (al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse
    Sentido I ir A + INF
    A
    1
    (para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!
    a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rate
    el barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set sail
    dijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it over
    ya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clock
    va a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each other
    esto no te va a gustar you're not going to like this
    no te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself out
    tenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget
    2
    (expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell him
    lo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or another
    me voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in April
    vamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening
    3
    (en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?
    siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matter
    bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
    B
    (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of her
    ten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll fall
    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rains
    C
    (expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?
    ¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?
    ¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
    ¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?
    D
    (expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!
    está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
    E
    1
    (en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?
    2
    (al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?
    ¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything
    ¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!
    poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by little
    ha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passed
    tú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onions
    ahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting ready
    como te iba diciendo as I was saying
    ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the idea
    la voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distant
    la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
    irse
    A
    (marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?
    vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting late
    bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off ( AmE) o ( BrE) I'm off
    el tren ya se ha ido the train's already gone
    se quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotland
    se han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the square
    vete a la cama go to bed
    se fue de casa she left home
    vete de aquí get out of here
    se ha ido de la empresa she's left the company
    se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
    anda, vete por ahí ( fam); get lost! ( colloq)
    (+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in Florida
    no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo ( fam); don't run away, I want to talk to you ( colloq)
    B
    (consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly
    (+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
    se nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around
    ¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?
    C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to go
    se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off
    (+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy
    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?
    D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape
    (+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down
    que no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil over
    tápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizz
    cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet still
    lengua, mano1 (↑ mano (1))
    E ( euf) (morirse) to slip away ( euph)
    creo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing him
    F (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
    irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back
    me daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwards
    frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
    G (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):
    vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactful
    H
    1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out
    2
    ( RPl) (en una asignatura) tb irse a examen to have to take an exam
    I ( Col) «medias» to run
    * * *

     

    ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go;


    iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
    ir por mar to go by sea;
    ¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
    el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
    vamos a casa let's go home;
    ¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
    ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
    ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
    ¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
    ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
    voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread


    ya va al colegio she's already at school
    2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:
    ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;

    ve a ayudarla go and help her;
    ver tb ir v aux 1
    3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):
    tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;

    tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
    4 [ comentario]:

    eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
    1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):

    ¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
    íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
    vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
    yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
    2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):

    voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
    iba de verde she was dressed in green
    3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;

    1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
    2 (extenderse, abarcar):

    el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
    1 (marchar, desarrollarse):
    ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;

    va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
    ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
    me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
    ¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
    ¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
    2 ( en competiciones):
    ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score?3-1;

    voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
    3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):
    ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;

    ¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
    4 ( estar en camino):
    ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;

    va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
    ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
    5 (sumar, hacer):

    con este van seis six, counting this one
    6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
    1 ( deber colocarse) to go;
    ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;

    ¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished?you must be joking!;
    ¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset?not at all!;
    vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the planeno way!
    2
    a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sth

    b) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):


    te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
    3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;

    1
    vamos

    a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):

    ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

    b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):

    vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;

    ¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
    c) (al aclarar, resumir):

    eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;

    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
    es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
    2
    vaya

    a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):

    ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;

    ¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
    b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):

    ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!

    ir v aux ir a + inf:
    1
    a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;


    va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
    b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):

    vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;

    bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
    2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):

    cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
    3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):

    ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
    la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
    irse verbo pronominal
    1 ( marcharse) to leave;
    ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;

    vámonos let's go;
    bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
    no te vayas don't go;
    vete a la cama go to bed;
    se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
    vete de aquí get out of here;
    se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
    2 (consumirse, gastarse):
    ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;

    se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
    3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;


    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

    4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;
    se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

    5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
    irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;

    me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
    frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
    ir
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
    voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
    2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
    van a misa, they go to church
    3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
    esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
    4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
    las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
    5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
    6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
    7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
    vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
    8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
    ¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
    9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
    10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
    11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
    12 (vestir) to wear
    ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
    ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
    la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
    13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
    ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
    14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
    15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
    ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
    (tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
    16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
    17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
    (ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
    (haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
    18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
    ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
    (encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
    este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
    II verbo auxiliar
    1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
    ir caminando, to go on foot
    2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
    3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
    va a esquiar, she goes skiing
    va a nevar, it's going to snow
    vas a caerte, you'll fall
    ♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
    ¡ahí va!, catch!
    en lo que va de año, so far this year
    ¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
    ¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
    van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
    ¡vaya!, fancy that
    ¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
    ir a parar, to end up
    'ir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - acudir
    - andurriales
    - ánimo
    - antojarse
    - avión
    - avivar
    - bajar
    - bordear
    - brazo
    - busca
    - caer
    - calcular
    - camino
    - caza
    - cien
    - cine
    - coche
    - compra
    - comprensible
    - convenir
    - correr
    - corriente
    - danzar
    - deformación
    - deriva
    - descaminada
    - descaminado
    - descender
    - desgracia
    - deteriorarse
    - disposición
    - empecinada
    - empecinado
    - encaminada
    - encaminado
    - entrar
    - excursión
    - flojear
    - funesta
    - funesto
    - gaita
    - gatas
    - grano
    - gratis
    - gustar
    - haber
    - huevo
    - idea
    - ilusión
    English:
    afford
    - after
    - ahead
    - appealing
    - back
    - back up
    - be
    - beeline
    - bluster
    - bristle
    - camping
    - canter
    - career
    - catch
    - charge off
    - chase
    - check off
    - clean up after
    - cling
    - coast
    - collapse
    - come
    - come to
    - commute
    - consider
    - court
    - cross
    - cross-country
    - crowd
    - cycle
    - cycling
    - defensive
    - delay
    - dentist
    - deserve
    - detest
    - die off
    - dismiss
    - do
    - down
    - downhill
    - drag
    - drift
    - ease off
    - ease up
    - either
    - even
    - excursion
    - exercise
    - face
    * * *
    ir
    vi
    1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;
    fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;
    iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;
    ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;
    ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;
    ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;
    ir en barco to go by boat;
    ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;
    ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;
    ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;
    ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;
    los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;
    me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;
    ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;
    ir de vacaciones to go on Br holiday o US vacation;
    ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;
    ¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;
    este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;
    todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;
    ¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;
    ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;
    ¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;
    no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;
    ¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;
    fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;
    ¡ahí o [m5] allá va! [al lanzar una cosa] there you go;
    ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;
    ¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;
    Anticuado
    ¿quién va? who goes there?;
    ¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;
    ¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;
    ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;
    todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;
    el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;
    estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;
    Fam Fig
    ¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;
    Fam Fig
    les habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;
    (allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do
    2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;
    esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;
    esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;
    el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain
    3. [abarcar]
    la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;
    el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;
    la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;
    las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westerns
    4. Esp [buscar]
    ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get sth/sb, to go and fetch sth/sb;
    fui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;
    ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;
    el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;
    tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;
    a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that
    5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]
    fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;
    con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;
    el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;
    la manivela va floja the crank is loose;
    iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;
    ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;
    iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;
    los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;
    ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;
    tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the lead
    6. [expresa apoyo o rechazo]
    ir con to support;
    voy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;
    ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;
    ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;
    esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;
    ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;
    ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests
    7. [vestir]
    ir con/en to wear;
    iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;
    aquí la gente va con o [m5] en bañador a todas partes people here go around in their swimsuits;
    ir de azul to be dressed in blue;
    ir de uniforme to be in uniform;
    iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;
    iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar
    8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;
    le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;
    el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;
    ¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;
    su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;
    ¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;
    ¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;
    ¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;
    [en carrera, juego] who's winning?;
    van empate a cero it's Br nil-nil o US zero-zero;
    vamos perdiendo we're losing;
    ¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;
    ¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;
    ¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;
    ¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!
    9. [cambiar, encaminarse]
    ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;
    el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;
    como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;
    voy para viejo I'm getting old;
    esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;
    va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rained
    10. [alcanzar]
    va por el cuarto vaso de vino he's already on his fourth glass of wine;
    vamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;
    ¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;
    aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter
    11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]
    con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;
    ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;
    van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;
    en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;
    de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;
    va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house
    12. [corresponder] to go;
    estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;
    ¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?
    13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;
    esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;
    ¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?
    14. [escribirse]
    “Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;
    toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;
    el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective
    15. [sentar] [ropa]
    ¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;
    ir con algo to go with sth;
    esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirt
    16. [sentar] [vacaciones, tratamiento]
    irle bien a alguien to do sb good;
    esa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good
    17. [funcionar] to work;
    la televisión no va the television isn't working;
    una radio que va a o [m5] con pilas a radio that uses batteries, a battery-powered radio;
    estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow
    18. [depender]
    en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;
    todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;
    esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;
    CSur
    ¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teacher
    19. [comentario, indirecta]
    ir con o [m5] por alguien to be meant for sb, to be aimed at sb;
    y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;
    hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;
    lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;
    va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of joke
    20. Esp Fam [gustar]
    no me va el pop I'm not a big fan of pop music;
    a mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;
    ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other
    21. Fam [costar]
    ir a to be, to cost;
    ¿a cómo o [m5] cuánto va el kilo de tomates? how much is a kilo of tomatoes?
    22. Esp Fam [tratar] [conferencia, película, novela]
    ir de to be about;
    ¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?
    23. Fam Esp
    ir de, RP [m5] irla de [dárselas] [persona] to think oneself;
    Esp
    va de inteligente, RP [m5] la va de inteligente he thinks he's clever;
    Esp
    ¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?
    24. Fam [apostarse]
    ¿va una cerveza a que llevo razón? I bet you a beer I'm right
    25. [en frases] Fam
    fue y dijo que… he went and said that…;
    y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;
    Fam
    fue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;
    Fam
    ¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;
    Fam
    ¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;
    ¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;
    [me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;
    ¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;
    Esp
    ser el no va más to be the ultimate;
    este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;
    RP Fam
    desde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;
    me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;
    Fam
    ¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;
    sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;
    sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday
    v aux
    1. [con gerundio] [expresa acción lenta o gradual]
    ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing sth;
    va anocheciendo it's getting dark;
    me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;
    voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;
    su cine ha ido mejorando últimamente her movies o Br films have been getting better recently;
    fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;
    iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;
    ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;
    vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;
    como iba diciendo… as I was saying…
    2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]
    ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;
    voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;
    [en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;
    iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;
    ¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;
    el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;
    van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;
    va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;
    voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;
    ¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;
    he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;
    te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;
    vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;
    todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;
    ¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;
    no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me
    3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]
    ¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;
    ¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;
    y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;
    ¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;
    ¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;
    ¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;
    ¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!
    vt
    Méx
    irle a to support;
    le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca
    * * *
    ir
    <part ido>
    I v/i
    1 go (a to);
    ir a pie walk, go on foot;
    ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;
    ir a por algo go and fetch sth;
    ¡ya voy! I’m coming!;
    ¿quién va? who goes there?
    2 ( vestir)
    :
    iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform
    3
    :
    van dos a dos DEP the score is two all
    4 ( tratar)
    :
    ¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;
    el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires
    5 ( agradar)
    :
    el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;
    ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;
    no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other
    ir bien/mal go well/badly
    7 ( abarcar)
    :
    va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 16
    8
    :
    ¡qué va! you must be joking!;
    ¡vamos! come on!;
    ¡vaya! well!;
    ¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;
    ¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;
    a eso voy I’m just getting to that;
    eso va por ti también that goes for you too
    II v/aux
    :
    va a llover it’s going to rain;
    va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer
    :
    ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;
    ir para viejo be getting old;
    ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark
    :
    ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;
    van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed
    * * *
    ir {43} vi
    1) : to go
    ir a pie: to go on foot, to walk
    ir a caballo: to ride horseback
    ir a casa: to go home
    2) : to lead, to extend, to stretch
    el camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá
    3) funcionar: to work, to function
    esta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore
    4) : to get on, to get along
    ¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?
    el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well
    5) : to suit
    ese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you
    6)
    ir con : to be
    ir con prisa: to be in a hurry
    7)
    ir por : to follow, to go along
    fueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline
    8)
    dejarse ir : to let oneself go
    9)
    ir a parar : to end up
    vamos a ver : let's see
    ir v aux
    ir caminando: to walk
    ¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!
    2)
    ir a : to be going to
    voy a hacerlo: I'm going to do it
    el avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off
    * * *
    ir vb
    1. (en general) to go [pt. went; pp. gone]
    ¿adónde vas? where are you going?
    2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go
    ¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?
    ¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?
    ¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?
    3. (estar) to be
    4. (sentar bien) to suit
    5. (gustar) to like / to be into
    6. (convenir) to do
    7. (funcionar) to work
    ¡vamos caminando! let's walk!
    ir con to go with / to match
    ir de (persona) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn] (libro, película) to be about
    ¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?
    ir tirando to get by / to manage
    vamos tirando we get by / we're managing
    ¡qué va! no way! / not at all!
    ¡vamos a...! let's...!
    ¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!
    ¡vaya! well!
    ¡ya voy! I'm coming!

    Spanish-English dictionary > ir

См. также в других словарях:

  • King of the Geats — Geatish kings (Rex Getarum/Gothorum) existed since the provinces of Götaland/Gautland/Geatland (the Geats feature in the epic poem Beowulf ) are considered to have been more or less independent with their own kings. This is a list of the kings… …   Wikipedia

  • Strong Bad's Cool Game for Attractive People — Genres Point and click adventure Developers Telltale Games Videlectrix Publish …   Wikipedia

  • Strong's Concordance — Strong s Exhaustive Concordance of the Bible , generally known as Strong s Concordance , is a concordance of the King James Bible (KJV) that was constructed under the direction of Dr. James Strong (1822–1894) and first published in 1890. Dr.… …   Wikipedia

  • KING, KINGSHIP — (Heb. מלֶךְ, מַלְכוּת). In the Bible The term king in the biblical frame of reference and that of the Ancient Near East generally designates a governor and ruler, usually the sole authority over his subjects. This term is used to designate the… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • King Arthur & the Knights of Justice — was a Sunday morning, syndicated cartoon series which lasted for 2 seasons (totaling 26 episodes) and was produced by Golden Films, C D Entertainment and Bohbot Entertainment. The first episode aired on September 13, 1992 and the last episode was …   Wikipedia

  • King of Hearts (Lloyd album) — King of Hearts Studio album by Lloyd Released July 5, 2011 …   Wikipedia

  • Strong Poison —   Cover of BBC video version …   Wikipedia

  • Strong — may refer to:General usage*Strong acid *Strong agnosticism *Strong AI *Strong atheism *Strong cardinal *Strong coloring *Strong convergence *Strong CP problem *Strong cryptography *Strong inflection (linguistics):*Germanic strong verb *Strong… …   Wikipedia

  • King baboon spider — adult female P. muticus Scientific classification Kingdom …   Wikipedia

  • King Kong vs. Godzilla — Original theatrical poster Directed by Ishirō Honda Produced by Tomoyuki Tanaka …   Wikipedia

  • King's Gambit — a b c d e f …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»